mirror of
				https://github.com/c64scene-ar/llvm-6502.git
				synced 2025-11-04 05:17:07 +00:00 
			
		
		
		
	Summary: This allows other passes (such as SLSR) to compute the SCEV expression for an imaginary GEP. Test Plan: no regression Reviewers: atrick, sanjoy Reviewed By: sanjoy Subscribers: llvm-commits Differential Revision: http://reviews.llvm.org/D9786 git-svn-id: https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk@237589 91177308-0d34-0410-b5e6-96231b3b80d8
		
			
				
	
	
		
			8531 lines
		
	
	
		
			326 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			8531 lines
		
	
	
		
			326 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
//===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 | 
						|
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
 | 
						|
// engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
 | 
						|
// variables in loops.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
 | 
						|
// scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
 | 
						|
// These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
 | 
						|
// can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
 | 
						|
// pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
 | 
						|
// if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
 | 
						|
// the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
 | 
						|
// recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
 | 
						|
// represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
 | 
						|
// have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
 | 
						|
// particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
 | 
						|
// rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
 | 
						|
// higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
 | 
						|
// types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
 | 
						|
// dependence analysis!
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
 | 
						|
//  of closed-form functions
 | 
						|
//  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
 | 
						|
//  Eugene V. Zima
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
 | 
						|
//  Robert A. van Engelen
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
 | 
						|
//  Robert A. van Engelen
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
 | 
						|
//  induction variable substitution
 | 
						|
//  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 | 
						|
#include <algorithm>
 | 
						|
using namespace llvm;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
 | 
						|
          "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
 | 
						|
STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
 | 
						|
          "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
 | 
						|
STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
 | 
						|
          "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
 | 
						|
STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
 | 
						|
          "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static cl::opt<unsigned>
 | 
						|
MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
 | 
						|
                        cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
 | 
						|
                                 "symbolically execute a constant "
 | 
						|
                                 "derived loop"),
 | 
						|
                        cl::init(100));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean.
 | 
						|
static cl::opt<bool>
 | 
						|
VerifySCEV("verify-scev",
 | 
						|
           cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution",
 | 
						|
                "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
 | 
						|
INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution",
 | 
						|
                "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
 | 
						|
char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                           SCEV class definitions
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Implementation of the SCEV class.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 | 
						|
void SCEV::dump() const {
 | 
						|
  print(dbgs());
 | 
						|
  dbgs() << '\n';
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
 | 
						|
  switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
  case scConstant:
 | 
						|
    cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  case scTruncate: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
 | 
						|
       << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scZeroExtend: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
 | 
						|
       << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scSignExtend: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
 | 
						|
       << *SExt->getType() << ")";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scAddRecExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
 | 
						|
    OS << "}<";
 | 
						|
    if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW))
 | 
						|
      OS << "nuw><";
 | 
						|
    if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW))
 | 
						|
      OS << "nsw><";
 | 
						|
    if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) &&
 | 
						|
        !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
 | 
						|
      OS << "nw><";
 | 
						|
    AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
 | 
						|
    OS << ">";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scUMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scSMaxExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    const char *OpStr = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
 | 
						|
    case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
 | 
						|
    case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
 | 
						|
    case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
 | 
						|
    case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OS << "(";
 | 
						|
    for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
 | 
						|
         I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      OS << **I;
 | 
						|
      if (std::next(I) != E)
 | 
						|
        OS << OpStr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OS << ")";
 | 
						|
    switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
 | 
						|
    case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
    case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
      if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW))
 | 
						|
        OS << "<nuw>";
 | 
						|
      if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW))
 | 
						|
        OS << "<nsw>";
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUDivExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
    OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUnknown: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
 | 
						|
    Type *AllocTy;
 | 
						|
    if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
 | 
						|
      OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
 | 
						|
      OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Type *CTy;
 | 
						|
    Constant *FieldNo;
 | 
						|
    if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
 | 
						|
      OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
 | 
						|
      FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
 | 
						|
      OS << ")";
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise just print it normally.
 | 
						|
    U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
    OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Type *SCEV::getType() const {
 | 
						|
  switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
  case scConstant:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scTruncate:
 | 
						|
  case scZeroExtend:
 | 
						|
  case scSignExtend:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scAddRecExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scUMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scSMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scUDivExpr:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scUnknown:
 | 
						|
    return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
 | 
						|
  case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEV::isZero() const {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
 | 
						|
    return SC->getValue()->isZero();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEV::isOne() const {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
 | 
						|
    return SC->getValue()->isOne();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
 | 
						|
    return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but
 | 
						|
/// not a constant.
 | 
						|
bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
 | 
						|
  const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
 | 
						|
  if (!Mul) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  if (!SC) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
 | 
						|
  return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
 | 
						|
  SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(V);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
 | 
						|
  return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
 | 
						|
  IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
 | 
						|
  return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
 | 
						|
                           unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
 | 
						|
  : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
 | 
						|
                                   const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
 | 
						|
  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
 | 
						|
                                       const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
 | 
						|
  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
 | 
						|
                                       const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
 | 
						|
  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
 | 
						|
  // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
 | 
						|
  SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
 | 
						|
  SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Release the value.
 | 
						|
  setValPtr(nullptr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
 | 
						|
  // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
 | 
						|
  SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
 | 
						|
  SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
 | 
						|
  // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
 | 
						|
  // this SCEVUnknown.
 | 
						|
  setValPtr(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
 | 
						|
  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
 | 
						|
    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
 | 
						|
          if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
 | 
						|
            if (CI->isOne()) {
 | 
						|
              AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
 | 
						|
                                 ->getElementType();
 | 
						|
              return true;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
 | 
						|
  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
 | 
						|
    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
 | 
						|
          Type *Ty =
 | 
						|
            cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
 | 
						|
          if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
 | 
						|
            if (!STy->isPacked() &&
 | 
						|
                CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
 | 
						|
                CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
 | 
						|
              if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
 | 
						|
                if (CI->isOne() &&
 | 
						|
                    STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
 | 
						|
                    STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
 | 
						|
                  AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
 | 
						|
                  return true;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
 | 
						|
  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
 | 
						|
    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
 | 
						|
            CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
 | 
						|
          Type *Ty =
 | 
						|
            cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
 | 
						|
          // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
 | 
						|
          // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
 | 
						|
          if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
 | 
						|
            CTy = Ty;
 | 
						|
            FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
 | 
						|
            return true;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                               SCEV Utilities
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less
 | 
						|
  /// than the complexity of the RHS.  This comparator is used to canonicalize
 | 
						|
  /// expressions.
 | 
						|
  class SCEVComplexityCompare {
 | 
						|
    const LoopInfo *const LI;
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively.
 | 
						|
    bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const {
 | 
						|
      return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or
 | 
						|
    // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive
 | 
						|
    // comparisons to be more efficient.
 | 
						|
    int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const {
 | 
						|
      // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
 | 
						|
      if (LHS == RHS)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
 | 
						|
      unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
 | 
						|
      if (LType != RType)
 | 
						|
        return (int)LType - (int)RType;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
 | 
						|
      // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
 | 
						|
      // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
 | 
						|
      switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
 | 
						|
      case scUnknown: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is
 | 
						|
        // not as complete as it could be.
 | 
						|
        const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander
 | 
						|
        // form GEPs.
 | 
						|
        bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
 | 
						|
             RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
 | 
						|
        if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
 | 
						|
          return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Compare getValueID values.
 | 
						|
        unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(),
 | 
						|
                 RID = RV->getValueID();
 | 
						|
        if (LID != RID)
 | 
						|
          return (int)LID - (int)RID;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Sort arguments by their position.
 | 
						|
        if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
 | 
						|
          const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
 | 
						|
          unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
 | 
						|
          return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand
 | 
						|
        // count.  This is pretty loose.
 | 
						|
        if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
 | 
						|
          const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // Compare loop depths.
 | 
						|
          const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
 | 
						|
                           *RParent = RInst->getParent();
 | 
						|
          if (LParent != RParent) {
 | 
						|
            unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
 | 
						|
                     RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
 | 
						|
            if (LDepth != RDepth)
 | 
						|
              return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // Compare the number of operands.
 | 
						|
          unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
 | 
						|
                   RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
          return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scConstant: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Compare constant values.
 | 
						|
        const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
        const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
        unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
        if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
 | 
						|
          return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
 | 
						|
        return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scAddRecExpr: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Compare addrec loop depths.
 | 
						|
        const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
 | 
						|
        if (LLoop != RLoop) {
 | 
						|
          unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(),
 | 
						|
                   RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth();
 | 
						|
          if (LDepth != RDepth)
 | 
						|
            return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
 | 
						|
        unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
        if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
 | 
						|
          return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Lexicographically compare.
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
          if (X != 0)
 | 
						|
            return X;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
      case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
      case scSMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
      case scUMaxExpr: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
 | 
						|
        unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
        if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
 | 
						|
          return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          if (i >= RNumOps)
 | 
						|
            return 1;
 | 
						|
          long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
          if (X != 0)
 | 
						|
            return X;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scUDivExpr: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
 | 
						|
        long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS());
 | 
						|
        if (X != 0)
 | 
						|
          return X;
 | 
						|
        return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scTruncate:
 | 
						|
      case scZeroExtend:
 | 
						|
      case scSignExtend: {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Compare cast expressions by operand.
 | 
						|
        return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
        llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their
 | 
						|
/// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value.
 | 
						|
/// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are
 | 
						|
/// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
 | 
						|
/// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
 | 
						|
/// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
 | 
						|
/// land in memory.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
 | 
						|
                              LoopInfo *LI) {
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 2) {
 | 
						|
    // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
 | 
						|
    // Special case it.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
 | 
						|
    if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS))
 | 
						|
      std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Do the rough sort by complexity.
 | 
						|
  std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
 | 
						|
  // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
 | 
						|
  // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
 | 
						|
  // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
 | 
						|
    unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
 | 
						|
    // one, group them.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
 | 
						|
      if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
 | 
						|
        // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
 | 
						|
        std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
 | 
						|
        ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
 | 
						|
        if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct FindSCEVSize {
 | 
						|
  int Size;
 | 
						|
  FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    ++Size;
 | 
						|
    // Keep looking at all operands of S.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Returns the size of the SCEV S.
 | 
						|
static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  FindSCEVSize F;
 | 
						|
  SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
 | 
						|
  ST.visitAll(S);
 | 
						|
  return F.Size;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
 | 
						|
  // Denominator.
 | 
						|
  static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
 | 
						|
                     const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
 | 
						|
                     const SCEV **Remainder) {
 | 
						|
    assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
 | 
						|
    // rest of the code.
 | 
						|
    if (Numerator == Denominator) {
 | 
						|
      *Quotient = D.One;
 | 
						|
      *Remainder = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Numerator->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      *Quotient = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
      *Remainder = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
 | 
						|
    if (Denominator->isOne()) {
 | 
						|
      *Quotient = Numerator;
 | 
						|
      *Remainder = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<const SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
      *Quotient = Numerator;
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
 | 
						|
        divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
        *Quotient = Q;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
 | 
						|
        // the Denominator.
 | 
						|
        if (!R->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
          *Quotient = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
          *Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
          return;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      *Remainder = D.Zero;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    D.visit(Numerator);
 | 
						|
    *Quotient = D.Quotient;
 | 
						|
    *Remainder = D.Remainder;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
 | 
						|
  // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
 | 
						|
  void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
  void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
 | 
						|
      APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
      APInt DenominatorVal = D->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
      uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
      uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
 | 
						|
        DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
 | 
						|
      else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
 | 
						|
        NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
 | 
						|
      APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
 | 
						|
      APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
 | 
						|
      Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
 | 
						|
      Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
 | 
						|
    assert(Numerator->isAffine() && "Numerator should be affine");
 | 
						|
    divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
 | 
						|
    divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
 | 
						|
    // Bail out if the types do not match.
 | 
						|
    Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
 | 
						|
    if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
 | 
						|
        Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType()) {
 | 
						|
      Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
      Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
    Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
 | 
						|
    Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
      divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Bail out if types do not match.
 | 
						|
      if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType()) {
 | 
						|
        Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
        Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Qs.push_back(Q);
 | 
						|
      Rs.push_back(R);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Qs.size() == 1) {
 | 
						|
      Quotient = Qs[0];
 | 
						|
      Remainder = Rs[0];
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
 | 
						|
    Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
 | 
						|
    Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
 | 
						|
    for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
 | 
						|
      // Bail out if types do not match.
 | 
						|
      if (Ty != Op->getType()) {
 | 
						|
        Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
        Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
 | 
						|
        Qs.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
      divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
      if (!R->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
        Qs.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Bail out if types do not match.
 | 
						|
      if (Ty != Q->getType()) {
 | 
						|
        Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
        Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
 | 
						|
      Qs.push_back(Q);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
 | 
						|
      Remainder = Zero;
 | 
						|
      if (Qs.size() == 1)
 | 
						|
        Quotient = Qs[0];
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)) {
 | 
						|
      Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
      Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
 | 
						|
    ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
 | 
						|
    RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
 | 
						|
        cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
 | 
						|
    Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Remainder->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
 | 
						|
      RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
 | 
						|
          cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
 | 
						|
      Quotient =
 | 
						|
          SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
 | 
						|
    if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator)) {
 | 
						|
      // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
 | 
						|
      Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
      Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
    assert(R == Zero &&
 | 
						|
           "(Numerator - Remainder) should evenly divide Denominator");
 | 
						|
    Quotient = Q;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
 | 
						|
               const SCEV *Denominator)
 | 
						|
      : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
 | 
						|
    Zero = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
    One = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // By default, we don't know how to divide Expr by Denominator.
 | 
						|
    // Providing the default here simplifies the rest of the code.
 | 
						|
    Quotient = Zero;
 | 
						|
    Remainder = Numerator;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ScalarEvolution &SE;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                      Simple SCEV method implementations
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.
 | 
						|
/// Assume, K > 0.
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
 | 
						|
                                       ScalarEvolution &SE,
 | 
						|
                                       Type *ResultTy) {
 | 
						|
  // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
 | 
						|
  if (K == 1)
 | 
						|
    return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
 | 
						|
  // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
 | 
						|
  // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
 | 
						|
  // safe in modular arithmetic.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
 | 
						|
  // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
 | 
						|
  // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
 | 
						|
  // exponentiation:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
 | 
						|
  // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
 | 
						|
  // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
 | 
						|
  // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
 | 
						|
  // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
 | 
						|
  // width W.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
 | 
						|
  // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
 | 
						|
  // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
 | 
						|
  // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
 | 
						|
  // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
 | 
						|
  // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
 | 
						|
  // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
 | 
						|
  // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
 | 
						|
  // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
 | 
						|
  // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
 | 
						|
  // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
 | 
						|
  // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
 | 
						|
  // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
 | 
						|
  // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
 | 
						|
  // register width.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
 | 
						|
  // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
 | 
						|
  // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
 | 
						|
  // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
 | 
						|
  // much more complicated for K > 3.)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
 | 
						|
  // but it probably doesn't matter.
 | 
						|
  if (K > 1000)
 | 
						|
    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
 | 
						|
  // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
 | 
						|
  // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
 | 
						|
  // W bits of the result.
 | 
						|
  APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
 | 
						|
  unsigned T = 1;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    APInt Mult(W, i);
 | 
						|
    unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
 | 
						|
    T += TwoFactors;
 | 
						|
    Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors);
 | 
						|
    OddFactorial *= Mult;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
 | 
						|
  unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
 | 
						|
  APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
 | 
						|
  // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
 | 
						|
  // K! / 2^T.
 | 
						|
  APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
 | 
						|
  APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
 | 
						|
  MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
 | 
						|
  MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Calculate the product, at width T+W
 | 
						|
  IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
 | 
						|
                                                      CalculationBits);
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
 | 
						|
    Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
 | 
						|
                             SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Divide by 2^T
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
 | 
						|
                       SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at
 | 
						|
/// the specified iteration number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by
 | 
						|
/// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient
 | 
						|
/// corresponding to it.  In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
 | 
						|
                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Result = getStart();
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
 | 
						|
    // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
 | 
						|
    // coefficient.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
 | 
						|
      return Coeff;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
 | 
						|
                                             Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not a truncating conversion!");
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Op);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fold if the operand is constant.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(
 | 
						|
      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
 | 
						|
  // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
    bool hasTrunc = false;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i)))
 | 
						|
        hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
      Operands.push_back(S);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!hasTrunc)
 | 
						|
      return getAddExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
    UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
 | 
						|
  // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
    bool hasTrunc = false;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i)))
 | 
						|
        hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
      Operands.push_back(S);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!hasTrunc)
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
    UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty));
 | 
						|
    return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
 | 
						|
  // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
 | 
						|
  // made any changes which would invalidate it.
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                                 Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
 | 
						|
// signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
 | 
						|
// loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                                 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
 | 
						|
                                                 ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
 | 
						|
  if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
 | 
						|
    *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
 | 
						|
    return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
 | 
						|
                           SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
 | 
						|
    *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
 | 
						|
    return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
 | 
						|
                           SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
 | 
						|
// unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
 | 
						|
// not exceed this limit before incrementing.
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                                   ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
 | 
						|
                                                   ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
 | 
						|
  *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
 | 
						|
                         SE->getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
 | 
						|
  typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
 | 
						|
template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
 | 
						|
  // Members present:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
  //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
 | 
						|
  //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template <>
 | 
						|
struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
 | 
						|
  static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                             ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
 | 
						|
                                             ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
    return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
 | 
						|
    SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template <>
 | 
						|
struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
 | 
						|
  static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                             ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
 | 
						|
                                             ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
    return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
 | 
						|
    SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
 | 
						|
// close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
 | 
						|
// easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
 | 
						|
// allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
 | 
						|
// Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
 | 
						|
// expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
 | 
						|
// "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
 | 
						|
template <typename ExtendOpTy>
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
 | 
						|
                                        ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
  auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
 | 
						|
  auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
 | 
						|
  if (!SA)
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
 | 
						|
  // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
 | 
						|
  // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
 | 
						|
    if (Op != Step)
 | 
						|
      DiffOps.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
 | 
						|
  // `Step`:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
 | 
						|
      SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
 | 
						|
  // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
  if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
 | 
						|
      !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
 | 
						|
    return PreStart;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
 | 
						|
  Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
 | 
						|
      SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy),
 | 
						|
                     (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy));
 | 
						|
  if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) {
 | 
						|
    if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
 | 
						|
      // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
 | 
						|
      // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
 | 
						|
      // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
 | 
						|
      const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return PreStart;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 3. Loop precondition.
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
 | 
						|
      ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (OverflowLimit &&
 | 
						|
      SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) {
 | 
						|
    return PreStart;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
 | 
						|
template <typename ExtendOpTy>
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
 | 
						|
                                        ScalarEvolution *SE) {
 | 
						|
  auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE);
 | 
						|
  if (!PreStart)
 | 
						|
    return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty),
 | 
						|
                        (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
 | 
						|
// motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
 | 
						|
// does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Formally:
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
 | 
						|
//  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
 | 
						|
//      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
 | 
						|
//      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
 | 
						|
//   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
 | 
						|
// does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
 | 
						|
// to check for (1) and (2).
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
 | 
						|
// is `Delta` (defined below).
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
template <typename ExtendOpTy>
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
 | 
						|
                                                const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                                const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
 | 
						|
  // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
 | 
						|
  // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
 | 
						|
  // `PreStart` below.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
 | 
						|
  if (!StartC)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt StartAI = StartC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
 | 
						|
    // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = [&]() {
 | 
						|
      FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
      ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
 | 
						|
      ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
 | 
						|
      ID.AddPointer(Step);
 | 
						|
      ID.AddPointer(L);
 | 
						|
      void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      return static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(
 | 
						|
          this->UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
 | 
						|
    }();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
 | 
						|
      ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
 | 
						|
          DeltaS, &Pred, this);
 | 
						|
      if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
 | 
						|
                                               Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not an extending conversion!");
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fold if the operand is constant.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(
 | 
						|
      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
 | 
						|
  // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Op);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
 | 
						|
    // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
 | 
						|
    unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
 | 
						|
    unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
 | 
						|
    if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
 | 
						|
            CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
 | 
						|
      return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
 | 
						|
  // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
 | 
						|
  // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
 | 
						|
  // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    if (AR->isAffine()) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
 | 
						|
      unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
 | 
						|
      const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
 | 
						|
      // we don't need to do any further analysis.
 | 
						|
      if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW))
 | 
						|
        return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
            getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
            getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
 | 
						|
      // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
 | 
						|
      // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
 | 
						|
      // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
 | 
						|
      // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
 | 
						|
      // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
 | 
						|
      // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
 | 
						|
      // that value once it has finished.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
 | 
						|
        // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
 | 
						|
        // overflow.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
 | 
						|
        // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
 | 
						|
        if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
 | 
						|
          Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
 | 
						|
          // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
            getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
 | 
						|
            getAddExpr(WideStart,
 | 
						|
                       getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
 | 
						|
                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
 | 
						|
          if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
 | 
						|
            // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
 | 
						|
          // This covers loops that count down.
 | 
						|
          OperandExtendedAdd =
 | 
						|
            getAddExpr(WideStart,
 | 
						|
                       getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
 | 
						|
                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
 | 
						|
          if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
 | 
						|
            // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
 | 
						|
            // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
 | 
						|
        // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
 | 
						|
        // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
 | 
						|
        // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
 | 
						|
        if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
 | 
						|
                                      getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax());
 | 
						|
          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
 | 
						|
              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
 | 
						|
               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
 | 
						|
                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
 | 
						|
            // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
 | 
						|
                                      getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
 | 
						|
          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
 | 
						|
              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
 | 
						|
               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
 | 
						|
                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
 | 
						|
            // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
 | 
						|
            // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
 | 
						|
        const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
        return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
            getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
            getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
 | 
						|
  // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                                   Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
 | 
						|
                                               Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not an extending conversion!");
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fold if the operand is constant.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(
 | 
						|
      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
 | 
						|
  // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Op);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead.
 | 
						|
  if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
 | 
						|
    return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
 | 
						|
    // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
 | 
						|
    unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
 | 
						|
    unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
 | 
						|
    if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
 | 
						|
            CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
 | 
						|
      return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
 | 
						|
  if (auto SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
 | 
						|
      auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
      auto SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
      if (SMul && SC1) {
 | 
						|
        if (auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
          const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
          const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
          if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
 | 
						|
              C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty),
 | 
						|
                              getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
 | 
						|
  // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
 | 
						|
  // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
 | 
						|
  // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    if (AR->isAffine()) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
 | 
						|
      unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
 | 
						|
      const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
 | 
						|
      // we don't need to do any further analysis.
 | 
						|
      if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW))
 | 
						|
        return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
            getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
            getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
 | 
						|
      // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
 | 
						|
      // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
 | 
						|
      // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
 | 
						|
      // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
 | 
						|
      // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
 | 
						|
      // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
 | 
						|
      // that value once it has finished.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
 | 
						|
        // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
 | 
						|
        // overflow.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
 | 
						|
        // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
 | 
						|
        if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
 | 
						|
          Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
 | 
						|
          // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
            getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
 | 
						|
            getAddExpr(WideStart,
 | 
						|
                       getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
 | 
						|
                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
 | 
						|
          if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
 | 
						|
            // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
 | 
						|
          // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
 | 
						|
          OperandExtendedAdd =
 | 
						|
            getAddExpr(WideStart,
 | 
						|
                       getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
 | 
						|
                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
 | 
						|
          if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
 | 
						|
            // If AR wraps around then
 | 
						|
            //
 | 
						|
            //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
 | 
						|
            // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
 | 
						|
            //
 | 
						|
            // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
 | 
						|
            // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
                getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
                getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
 | 
						|
        // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
 | 
						|
        // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
 | 
						|
        // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
 | 
						|
        ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
 | 
						|
            getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
 | 
						|
        if (OverflowLimit &&
 | 
						|
            (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
 | 
						|
             (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) &&
 | 
						|
              isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this),
 | 
						|
                                          OverflowLimit)))) {
 | 
						|
          // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
 | 
						|
          const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
          return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
              getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
              getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
 | 
						|
      // transformation:
 | 
						|
      // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
 | 
						|
      auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
 | 
						|
      auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
 | 
						|
      if (SC1 && SC2) {
 | 
						|
        const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
        const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
        if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
 | 
						|
            C2.isPowerOf2()) {
 | 
						|
          Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(AR->getType(), 0), Step,
 | 
						|
                                            L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
          return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
 | 
						|
        const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
        return getAddRecExpr(
 | 
						|
            getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this),
 | 
						|
            getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
 | 
						|
  // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                                   Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
 | 
						|
/// unspecified bits out to the given type.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
 | 
						|
                                              Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not an extending conversion!");
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Sign-extend negative constants.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
    if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative())
 | 
						|
      return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Peel off a truncate cast.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
 | 
						|
    if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
      return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
 | 
						|
    return ZExt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
 | 
						|
    return SExt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
 | 
						|
    for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
 | 
						|
      Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
 | 
						|
    return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
 | 
						|
    return SExt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
 | 
						|
  return ZExt;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is
 | 
						|
/// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given
 | 
						|
/// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of
 | 
						|
/// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add
 | 
						|
/// expression like this:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
 | 
						|
/// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
 | 
						|
/// the original operand list.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
 | 
						|
/// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
 | 
						|
/// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
 | 
						|
/// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
 | 
						|
                             SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
 | 
						|
                             APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
 | 
						|
                             const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
 | 
						|
                             const APInt &Scale,
 | 
						|
                             ScalarEvolution &SE) {
 | 
						|
  bool Interesting = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
 | 
						|
  unsigned i = 0;
 | 
						|
  while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
 | 
						|
    ++i;
 | 
						|
    // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
 | 
						|
    if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
 | 
						|
      Interesting = true;
 | 
						|
    AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
 | 
						|
  // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
 | 
						|
  for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
    if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
      APInt NewScale =
 | 
						|
        Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
      if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
        // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
 | 
						|
        const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
        Interesting |=
 | 
						|
          CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
 | 
						|
                                       Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
 | 
						|
                                       NewScale, SE);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
 | 
						|
        // the map.
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
 | 
						|
        std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
 | 
						|
          M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale));
 | 
						|
        if (Pair.second) {
 | 
						|
          NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          Pair.first->second += NewScale;
 | 
						|
          // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
 | 
						|
          // a folding opportunity.
 | 
						|
          Interesting = true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
 | 
						|
      std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
 | 
						|
        M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale));
 | 
						|
      if (Pair.second) {
 | 
						|
        NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        Pair.first->second += Scale;
 | 
						|
        // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
 | 
						|
        // a folding opportunity.
 | 
						|
        Interesting = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Interesting;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  struct APIntCompare {
 | 
						|
    bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
 | 
						|
      return LHS.ult(RHS);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
 | 
						|
// `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
 | 
						|
// can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
 | 
						|
static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
 | 
						|
StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
 | 
						|
                      const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
 | 
						|
                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags) {
 | 
						|
  using namespace std::placeholders;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool CanAnalyze =
 | 
						|
      Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
 | 
						|
  (void)CanAnalyze;
 | 
						|
  assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
 | 
						|
  SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
 | 
						|
      ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(OldFlags, SignOrUnsignMask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
 | 
						|
  auto IsKnownNonNegative =
 | 
						|
    std::bind(std::mem_fn(&ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative), SE, _1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW &&
 | 
						|
      std::all_of(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), IsKnownNonNegative))
 | 
						|
    return ScalarEvolution::setFlags(OldFlags,
 | 
						|
                                     (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return OldFlags;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if
 | 
						|
/// possible.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
 | 
						|
                                        SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
 | 
						|
         "only nuw or nsw allowed");
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
 | 
						|
  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
 | 
						|
  unsigned Idx = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // We found two constants, fold them together!
 | 
						|
      Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() +
 | 
						|
                           RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
 | 
						|
      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
 | 
						|
    if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
 | 
						|
      --Idx;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
 | 
						|
  // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
 | 
						|
  // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
 | 
						|
  Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
 | 
						|
  bool FoundMatch = false;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
 | 
						|
    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
 | 
						|
      // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
 | 
						|
      unsigned Count = 2;
 | 
						|
      while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
 | 
						|
        ++Count;
 | 
						|
      // Merge the values into a multiply.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == Count)
 | 
						|
        return Mul;
 | 
						|
      Ops[i] = Mul;
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
 | 
						|
      --i; e -= Count - 1;
 | 
						|
      FoundMatch = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (FoundMatch)
 | 
						|
    return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
 | 
						|
  // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
 | 
						|
  // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n)
 | 
						|
  // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
 | 
						|
  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
 | 
						|
    Type *DstType = Trunc->getType();
 | 
						|
    Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType();
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
 | 
						|
    bool Ok = true;
 | 
						|
    // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
 | 
						|
    // source type of the truncate.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
 | 
						|
        if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
 | 
						|
          Ok = false;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
 | 
						|
      } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
 | 
						|
        LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
 | 
						|
      } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
 | 
						|
          if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
 | 
						|
                dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
 | 
						|
            if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
 | 
						|
              Ok = false;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
 | 
						|
          } else if (const SCEVConstant *C =
 | 
						|
                       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
 | 
						|
            LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
 | 
						|
          } else {
 | 
						|
            Ok = false;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (Ok)
 | 
						|
          LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps));
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        Ok = false;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (Ok) {
 | 
						|
      // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags);
 | 
						|
      // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
 | 
						|
      if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
 | 
						|
        return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are add operands they would be next.
 | 
						|
  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
 | 
						|
    bool DeletedAdd = false;
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
 | 
						|
      // list.
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
      Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
 | 
						|
      DeletedAdd = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
 | 
						|
    // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
 | 
						|
    // any operands we just acquired.
 | 
						|
    if (DeletedAdd)
 | 
						|
      return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
 | 
						|
  // operands multiplied by constant values.
 | 
						|
  if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
    uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
 | 
						|
    DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
 | 
						|
    APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
 | 
						|
    if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
 | 
						|
                                     Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
 | 
						|
                                     APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
 | 
						|
      // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
 | 
						|
      // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
 | 
						|
      // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
 | 
						|
      std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
 | 
						|
      for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(),
 | 
						|
           E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
        MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I);
 | 
						|
      // Re-generate the operands list.
 | 
						|
      Ops.clear();
 | 
						|
      if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
 | 
						|
        Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
 | 
						|
      for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator
 | 
						|
           I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
        if (I->first != 0)
 | 
						|
          Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first),
 | 
						|
                                   getAddExpr(I->second)));
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.empty())
 | 
						|
        return getConstant(Ty, 0);
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1)
 | 
						|
        return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
      return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
 | 
						|
  // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
 | 
						|
  // the multiply.
 | 
						|
  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
 | 
						|
      if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
 | 
						|
        if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
 | 
						|
          // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
 | 
						|
          if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
 | 
						|
            // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
 | 
						|
            // Y*Z term.
 | 
						|
            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
 | 
						|
            MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
            InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV);
 | 
						|
          if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
 | 
						|
          if (AddOp < Idx) {
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
 | 
						|
          } else {
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
 | 
						|
          return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
 | 
						|
           OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
 | 
						|
           ++OtherMulIdx) {
 | 
						|
        const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
 | 
						|
        // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
 | 
						|
        // together.
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
             OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
 | 
						|
          if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
 | 
						|
            // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
 | 
						|
            if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
 | 
						|
              SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                  Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
 | 
						|
              MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
              InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
 | 
						|
            if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
 | 
						|
              SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                  OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
 | 
						|
              MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
 | 
						|
              InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2);
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum);
 | 
						|
            if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
 | 
						|
            Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
 | 
						|
  // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
 | 
						|
  // recurrence.
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
 | 
						|
  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
    // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
 | 
						|
    // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
 | 
						|
    const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
 | 
						|
        LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
        Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
 | 
						|
        --i; --e;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
 | 
						|
    if (!LIOps.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
 | 
						|
      LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                             AddRec->op_end());
 | 
						|
      AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
 | 
						|
      // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
 | 
						|
      // Always propagate NW.
 | 
						|
      Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
 | 
						|
        if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
 | 
						|
          Ops[i] = NewRec;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
 | 
						|
    // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
 | 
						|
    // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
 | 
						|
         OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
 | 
						|
         ++OtherIdx)
 | 
						|
      if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
 | 
						|
        // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                               AddRec->op_end());
 | 
						|
        for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
 | 
						|
             ++OtherIdx)
 | 
						|
          if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
 | 
						|
                dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]))
 | 
						|
            if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
 | 
						|
              for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
                   i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
                if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
 | 
						|
                  AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
 | 
						|
                                   OtherAddRec->op_end());
 | 
						|
                  break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i],
 | 
						|
                                          OtherAddRec->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
              Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
 | 
						|
        Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
 | 
						|
        return getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
 | 
						|
    // next one.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
 | 
						|
  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  SCEVAddExpr *S =
 | 
						|
    static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
 | 
						|
  if (!S) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
 | 
						|
    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                        O, Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
 | 
						|
  uint64_t k = i*j;
 | 
						|
  if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
 | 
						|
  return k;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
 | 
						|
/// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
 | 
						|
/// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
 | 
						|
static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
 | 
						|
  // We use the multiplicative formula:
 | 
						|
  //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
 | 
						|
  // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
 | 
						|
  // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
 | 
						|
  // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
 | 
						|
  // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
 | 
						|
  // final result would fit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
 | 
						|
  if (k > n) return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (k > n/2)
 | 
						|
    k = n-k;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint64_t r = 1;
 | 
						|
  for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
 | 
						|
    r /= i;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return r;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
 | 
						|
/// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
 | 
						|
static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
 | 
						|
  Ops.push_back(StartExpr);
 | 
						|
  while (!Ops.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) {
 | 
						|
      const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr);
 | 
						|
      Ops.append(CurrentNAry->op_begin(), CurrentNAry->op_end());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if
 | 
						|
/// possible.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
 | 
						|
                                        SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
 | 
						|
         "only nuw or nsw allowed");
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
 | 
						|
  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
 | 
						|
  unsigned Idx = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
 | 
						|
    if (Ops.size() == 2)
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
 | 
						|
          // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
 | 
						|
          // apply this transformation as well.
 | 
						|
          if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
 | 
						|
            if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add))
 | 
						|
              return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)),
 | 
						|
                                getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // We found two constants, fold them together!
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
                                           LHSC->getValue()->getValue() *
 | 
						|
                                           RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
 | 
						|
      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
 | 
						|
    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
 | 
						|
      --Idx;
 | 
						|
    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
 | 
						|
      return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
    } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
 | 
						|
      // add operands.
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 2) {
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
 | 
						|
          SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
 | 
						|
          bool AnyFolded = false;
 | 
						|
          for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                 E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I);
 | 
						|
            if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
 | 
						|
            NewOps.push_back(Mul);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          if (AnyFolded)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(NewOps);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *
 | 
						|
                 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
 | 
						|
          // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
 | 
						|
          SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
          for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                 E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
            Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I));
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                               AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Ops.size() == 1)
 | 
						|
      return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
 | 
						|
  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
 | 
						|
    bool DeletedMul = false;
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands
 | 
						|
      // list.
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
      Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
      DeletedMul = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list,
 | 
						|
    // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
 | 
						|
    // any operands we just acquired.
 | 
						|
    if (DeletedMul)
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
 | 
						|
  // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
 | 
						|
  // recurrence.
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
 | 
						|
  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
    // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if
 | 
						|
    // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
 | 
						|
    const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
 | 
						|
        LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
        Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
 | 
						|
        --i; --e;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
 | 
						|
    if (!LIOps.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
 | 
						|
      NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps);
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
        NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
 | 
						|
      // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
 | 
						|
      // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
 | 
						|
      Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
 | 
						|
        if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
 | 
						|
          Ops[i] = NewRec;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
 | 
						|
    // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
 | 
						|
    // multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
 | 
						|
    // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
 | 
						|
    //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
 | 
						|
    //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
 | 
						|
    // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
 | 
						|
    // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
 | 
						|
    // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
 | 
						|
    // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
 | 
						|
    bool OpsModified = false;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
 | 
						|
         OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
 | 
						|
         ++OtherIdx) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
 | 
						|
        dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
 | 
						|
      if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      bool Overflow = false;
 | 
						|
      Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
 | 
						|
      bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
 | 
						|
      for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
 | 
						|
             OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Term = getConstant(Ty, 0);
 | 
						|
        for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
 | 
						|
          uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
 | 
						|
          for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
 | 
						|
                 ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
 | 
						|
               z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
 | 
						|
            uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
 | 
						|
            uint64_t Coeff;
 | 
						|
            if (LargerThan64Bits)
 | 
						|
              Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
              Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
 | 
						|
            Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2));
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (!Overflow) {
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                              SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
 | 
						|
        if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
 | 
						|
        Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
 | 
						|
        Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
 | 
						|
        OpsModified = true;
 | 
						|
        AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
 | 
						|
        if (!AddRec)
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (OpsModified)
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
 | 
						|
    // next one.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
 | 
						|
  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  SCEVMulExpr *S =
 | 
						|
    static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
 | 
						|
  if (!S) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
 | 
						|
    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                        O, Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something
 | 
						|
/// simpler if possible.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
 | 
						|
         getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
         "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1))
 | 
						|
      return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
 | 
						|
    // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
 | 
						|
    // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
 | 
						|
    // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
 | 
						|
    if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
 | 
						|
      // its operands.
 | 
						|
      // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
 | 
						|
      Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
 | 
						|
      unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros();
 | 
						|
      unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
 | 
						|
      // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
 | 
						|
      // nearest power of two.
 | 
						|
      if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2())
 | 
						|
        ++MaxShiftAmt;
 | 
						|
      IntegerType *ExtTy =
 | 
						|
        IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
 | 
						|
            dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
 | 
						|
          // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
 | 
						|
          const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
          const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
          if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
 | 
						|
              getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
 | 
						|
              getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
 | 
						|
                            getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
 | 
						|
                            AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
 | 
						|
            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
            for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
              Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS));
 | 
						|
            return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                 SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
 | 
						|
          /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
 | 
						|
          // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
 | 
						|
          const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
 | 
						|
          if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
 | 
						|
              getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
 | 
						|
              getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
 | 
						|
                            getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
 | 
						|
                            AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
 | 
						|
            const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
            const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
 | 
						|
            if (StartRem != 0)
 | 
						|
              LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
 | 
						|
                                  AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
          Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
 | 
						|
        if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
 | 
						|
          // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
 | 
						|
          for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
 | 
						|
            if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
 | 
						|
              Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                      M->op_end());
 | 
						|
              Operands[i] = Div;
 | 
						|
              return getMulExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
          Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
 | 
						|
        if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
 | 
						|
          Operands.clear();
 | 
						|
          for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
 | 
						|
            if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
 | 
						|
                getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
            Operands.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Fold if both operands are constant.
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
 | 
						|
        Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
 | 
						|
        Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
 | 
						|
        return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
 | 
						|
                                                                   RHSCV)));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(LHS);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(RHS);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                             LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
 | 
						|
  APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs();
 | 
						|
  APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs();
 | 
						|
  uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
  uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (ABW > BBW)
 | 
						|
    B = B.zext(ABW);
 | 
						|
  else if (ABW < BBW)
 | 
						|
    A = A.zext(BBW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or
 | 
						|
/// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv
 | 
						|
/// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.
 | 
						|
/// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                              const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
 | 
						|
  // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
 | 
						|
  // end of this file for inspiration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
  if (!Mul)
 | 
						|
    return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
 | 
						|
    // first element of the mulexpr.
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst =
 | 
						|
            dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
      if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
 | 
						|
        Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
        return getMulExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
 | 
						|
      // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
 | 
						|
      // check.
 | 
						|
      APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
 | 
						|
      if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
 | 
						|
        LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>(
 | 
						|
            getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor)));
 | 
						|
        RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>(
 | 
						|
            getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor)));
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
 | 
						|
        Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
 | 
						|
        Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
        LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
        RHS = RHSCst;
 | 
						|
        Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
        if (!Mul)
 | 
						|
          return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
 | 
						|
      Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
 | 
						|
      Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(Operands);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
 | 
						|
/// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                           const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
  Operands.push_back(Start);
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
 | 
						|
    if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
 | 
						|
      Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
 | 
						|
      return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Operands.push_back(Step);
 | 
						|
  return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
 | 
						|
/// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
 | 
						|
                               const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
 | 
						|
  if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
    Operands.pop_back();
 | 
						|
    return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
 | 
						|
  // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
 | 
						|
  // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
 | 
						|
  // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
 | 
						|
  // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
 | 
						|
    const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    if (L->contains(NestedLoop) ?
 | 
						|
        (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) :
 | 
						|
        (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
 | 
						|
         DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                  NestedAR->op_end());
 | 
						|
      Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
 | 
						|
      // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
 | 
						|
      // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
 | 
						|
      // requirement.
 | 
						|
      bool AllInvariant = true;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
        if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) {
 | 
						|
          AllInvariant = false;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (AllInvariant) {
 | 
						|
        // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
 | 
						|
        // inner recurrence has the same property.
 | 
						|
        SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
 | 
						|
          maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
 | 
						|
        AllInvariant = true;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
          if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) {
 | 
						|
            AllInvariant = false;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (AllInvariant) {
 | 
						|
          // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
 | 
						|
          //
 | 
						|
          // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
 | 
						|
          // the outer recurrence has the same property.
 | 
						|
          SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
 | 
						|
            maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
 | 
						|
          return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // Reset Operands to its original state.
 | 
						|
      Operands[0] = NestedAR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
 | 
						|
  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(L);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
 | 
						|
    static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
 | 
						|
  if (!S) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
 | 
						|
    std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
 | 
						|
    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                           O, Operands.size(), L);
 | 
						|
    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(Type *PointeeType, const SCEV *BaseExpr,
 | 
						|
                            const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs,
 | 
						|
                            bool InBounds) {
 | 
						|
  // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
 | 
						|
  // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
 | 
						|
  Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
 | 
						|
  // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
 | 
						|
  // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
 | 
						|
  // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
 | 
						|
  // context.
 | 
						|
  SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = InBounds ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0);
 | 
						|
  // The address space is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
 | 
						|
  // its element type.
 | 
						|
  Type *CurTy = PointerType::getUnqual(PointeeType);
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
 | 
						|
    // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
 | 
						|
    if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
 | 
						|
      // For a struct, add the member offset.
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
 | 
						|
      unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
 | 
						|
      TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
 | 
						|
      CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Update CurTy to its element type.
 | 
						|
      CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
 | 
						|
      // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
 | 
						|
      // Getelementptr indices are signed.
 | 
						|
      IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
 | 
						|
      TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
 | 
						|
  return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
 | 
						|
  Ops.push_back(LHS);
 | 
						|
  Ops.push_back(RHS);
 | 
						|
  return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
 | 
						|
  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
 | 
						|
  unsigned Idx = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // We found two constants, fold them together!
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
                              APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                             RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
 | 
						|
      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
 | 
						|
    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
 | 
						|
      --Idx;
 | 
						|
    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
 | 
						|
      // maximum-int.
 | 
						|
      return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Find the first SMax
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
 | 
						|
  // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
 | 
						|
  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
 | 
						|
    bool DeletedSMax = false;
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
      Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
 | 
						|
      DeletedSMax = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (DeletedSMax)
 | 
						|
      return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
 | 
						|
  // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
 | 
						|
  // be adjacent.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
 | 
						|
    //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
 | 
						|
    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
 | 
						|
        isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
 | 
						|
      --i; --e;
 | 
						|
    } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
 | 
						|
      --i; --e;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
 | 
						|
  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
 | 
						|
  std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                             O, Ops.size());
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
 | 
						|
  Ops.push_back(LHS);
 | 
						|
  Ops.push_back(RHS);
 | 
						|
  return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
 | 
						|
           "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
 | 
						|
  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
 | 
						|
  unsigned Idx = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      // We found two constants, fold them together!
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
                              APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                             RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
 | 
						|
      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
 | 
						|
      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
 | 
						|
    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
 | 
						|
      --Idx;
 | 
						|
    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
 | 
						|
      // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
 | 
						|
      // maximum-int.
 | 
						|
      return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Find the first UMax
 | 
						|
  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
 | 
						|
    ++Idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
 | 
						|
  // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
 | 
						|
  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
 | 
						|
    bool DeletedUMax = false;
 | 
						|
    while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
 | 
						|
      Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
 | 
						|
      DeletedUMax = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (DeletedUMax)
 | 
						|
      return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
 | 
						|
  // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
 | 
						|
  // be adjacent.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
 | 
						|
    //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
 | 
						|
    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
 | 
						|
        isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
 | 
						|
      --i; --e;
 | 
						|
    } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
 | 
						|
      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
 | 
						|
      --i; --e;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
 | 
						|
  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
 | 
						|
  std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
 | 
						|
                                             O, Ops.size());
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
 | 
						|
  return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
 | 
						|
  return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
 | 
						|
  // We can bypass creating a target-independent
 | 
						|
  // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
 | 
						|
  // This is just a compile-time optimization.
 | 
						|
  return getConstant(IntTy,
 | 
						|
                     F->getParent()->getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
 | 
						|
                                             StructType *STy,
 | 
						|
                                             unsigned FieldNo) {
 | 
						|
  // We can bypass creating a target-independent
 | 
						|
  // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
 | 
						|
  // This is just a compile-time optimization.
 | 
						|
  return getConstant(
 | 
						|
      IntTy,
 | 
						|
      F->getParent()->getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(
 | 
						|
          FieldNo));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
 | 
						|
  // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
 | 
						|
  // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
 | 
						|
  // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
 | 
						|
  ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
 | 
						|
  ID.AddPointer(V);
 | 
						|
  void *IP = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
 | 
						|
    assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
 | 
						|
           "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
 | 
						|
    return S;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
 | 
						|
                                            FirstUnknown);
 | 
						|
  FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within
 | 
						|
/// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it
 | 
						|
/// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class
 | 
						|
/// has access to target-specific information.
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
 | 
						|
  // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
 | 
						|
  return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type,
 | 
						|
/// for which isSCEVable must return true.
 | 
						|
uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
 | 
						|
  return F->getParent()->getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as
 | 
						|
/// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given
 | 
						|
/// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types,
 | 
						|
/// this is the pointer-sized integer type.
 | 
						|
Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) {
 | 
						|
    return Ty;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The only other support type is pointer.
 | 
						|
  assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
 | 
						|
  return F->getParent()->getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
 | 
						|
  return &CouldNotCompute;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains
 | 
						|
  // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne
 | 
						|
  // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown {
 | 
						|
    bool FindOne;
 | 
						|
    FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; }
 | 
						|
    bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
      switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
      case scConstant:
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      case scUnknown:
 | 
						|
        if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())
 | 
						|
          FindOne = true;
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool isDone() const { return FindOne; }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
 | 
						|
  FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F;
 | 
						|
  SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F);
 | 
						|
  ST.visitAll(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return !F.FindOne;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the
 | 
						|
/// expression and create a new one.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
 | 
						|
  if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *S = I->second;
 | 
						|
    if (checkValidity(S))
 | 
						|
      return S;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.erase(I);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The process of creating a SCEV for V may have caused other SCEVs
 | 
						|
  // to have been created, so it's necessary to insert the new entry
 | 
						|
  // from scratch, rather than trying to remember the insert position
 | 
						|
  // above.
 | 
						|
  ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S));
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(
 | 
						|
               cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Type *Ty = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
  return getMulExpr(V,
 | 
						|
                  getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(
 | 
						|
                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Type *Ty = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *AllOnes =
 | 
						|
                   getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
 | 
						|
  return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS.  Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                          SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && "subtraction does not have NUW");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
 | 
						|
  if (LHS == RHS)
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(LHS->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // X - Y --> X + -Y.
 | 
						|
  // X -(nsw || nuw) Y --> X + -Y.
 | 
						|
  return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
 | 
						|
/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
 | 
						|
/// extended.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
  return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
 | 
						|
/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
 | 
						|
/// extended.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
 | 
						|
                                         Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
  return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
 | 
						|
/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
 | 
						|
/// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
 | 
						|
/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
 | 
						|
/// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of
 | 
						|
/// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended,
 | 
						|
/// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be
 | 
						|
/// narrowing.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
 | 
						|
/// input value to the specified type.  The conversion must not be widening.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
 | 
						|
  Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
 | 
						|
  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
 | 
						|
         "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
 | 
						|
    return V;  // No conversion
 | 
						|
  return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
 | 
						|
/// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation
 | 
						|
/// with them.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
 | 
						|
    PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
 | 
						|
/// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation
 | 
						|
/// with them.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
 | 
						|
    PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands
 | 
						|
/// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This
 | 
						|
/// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions,
 | 
						|
/// but corner cases do exist.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
 | 
						|
  // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
 | 
						|
  if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
 | 
						|
    return V;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
 | 
						|
         I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
 | 
						|
        // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
 | 
						|
        if (PtrOp)
 | 
						|
          return V;
 | 
						|
        PtrOp = *I;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!PtrOp)
 | 
						|
      return V;
 | 
						|
    return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return V;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction
 | 
						|
/// onto the given Worklist.
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
 | 
						|
                   SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
 | 
						|
  // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
 | 
						|
  for (User *U : I->users())
 | 
						|
    Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all
 | 
						|
/// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from
 | 
						|
/// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI
 | 
						|
/// resolution.
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
 | 
						|
  PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
 | 
						|
  Visited.insert(PN);
 | 
						|
  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
    if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
 | 
						|
    if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Old = It->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
 | 
						|
      // ceases to appear in expressions.
 | 
						|
      if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
 | 
						|
      // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
 | 
						|
      // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
 | 
						|
      // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
 | 
						|
      // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
 | 
						|
      // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
 | 
						|
      // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
 | 
						|
          !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
 | 
						|
          (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
 | 
						|
        forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
 | 
						|
        ValueExprMap.erase(It);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases.  Either the PHI node exists in
 | 
						|
/// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
 | 
						|
  if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()))
 | 
						|
    if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) {
 | 
						|
      // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
 | 
						|
      // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
 | 
						|
      // backedge value.
 | 
						|
      Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
 | 
						|
        if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
 | 
						|
          if (!BEValueV) {
 | 
						|
            BEValueV = V;
 | 
						|
          } else if (BEValueV != V) {
 | 
						|
            BEValueV = nullptr;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        } else if (!StartValueV) {
 | 
						|
          StartValueV = V;
 | 
						|
        } else if (StartValueV != V) {
 | 
						|
          StartValueV = nullptr;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (BEValueV && StartValueV) {
 | 
						|
        // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
 | 
						|
        assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
 | 
						|
               "PHI node already processed?");
 | 
						|
        ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
 | 
						|
        // the back-edge.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
 | 
						|
        // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
 | 
						|
        // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
 | 
						|
          // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
 | 
						|
          // with a recurrence.
 | 
						|
          unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
          for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
            if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
 | 
						|
              if (FoundIndex == e) {
 | 
						|
                FoundIndex = i;
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
 | 
						|
            // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
 | 
						|
            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
 | 
						|
            for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
              if (i != FoundIndex)
 | 
						|
                Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
 | 
						|
            // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
 | 
						|
            if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
 | 
						|
                (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
 | 
						|
                 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
 | 
						|
              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor
 | 
						|
              // the post-increment will overflow.
 | 
						|
              if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) {
 | 
						|
                if (OBO->getOperand(0) == PN) {
 | 
						|
                  if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
 | 
						|
                    Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
                  if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
 | 
						|
                    Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
 | 
						|
                // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
 | 
						|
                // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
 | 
						|
                // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
 | 
						|
                // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
 | 
						|
                // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
 | 
						|
                // indices form a positive value.
 | 
						|
                if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
 | 
						|
                  Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                  const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
 | 
						|
                  if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
 | 
						|
                    Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
 | 
						|
                // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
 | 
						|
                // for instance.
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
 | 
						|
              const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the
 | 
						|
              // post-incremented value as well.
 | 
						|
              if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
 | 
						|
                (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum),
 | 
						|
                                    Accum, L, Flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
 | 
						|
              // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
 | 
						|
              // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
 | 
						|
              ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
 | 
						|
              ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
 | 
						|
              return PHISCEV;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
 | 
						|
                     dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) {
 | 
						|
          // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
 | 
						|
          //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
 | 
						|
          // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
 | 
						|
          // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
 | 
						|
          // i really is an addrec evolution.
 | 
						|
          if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) {
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the
 | 
						|
            // initial step of the addrec evolution.
 | 
						|
            if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0),
 | 
						|
                                         AddRec->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
              // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer
 | 
						|
              // no-wrap flags.
 | 
						|
              const SCEV *PHISCEV =
 | 
						|
                getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L,
 | 
						|
                              SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
 | 
						|
              // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
 | 
						|
              // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
 | 
						|
              ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
 | 
						|
              ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
 | 
						|
              return PHISCEV;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
 | 
						|
  // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
 | 
						|
  // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
 | 
						|
  // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
 | 
						|
  if (Value *V =
 | 
						|
          SimplifyInstruction(PN, F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), TLI, DT, AC))
 | 
						|
    if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
 | 
						|
      return getSCEV(V);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
 | 
						|
  return getUnknown(PN);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply
 | 
						|
/// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
 | 
						|
  Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0);
 | 
						|
  // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
 | 
						|
  if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized())
 | 
						|
    return getUnknown(GEP);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
 | 
						|
  for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
 | 
						|
    IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
 | 
						|
  return getGEPExpr(GEP->getSourceElementType(), getSCEV(Base), IndexExprs,
 | 
						|
                    GEP->isInBounds());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is
 | 
						|
/// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration).  It is, at the same time,
 | 
						|
/// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2.  For example, given {4,+,8}
 | 
						|
/// it returns 2.  If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S.
 | 
						|
uint32_t
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
 | 
						|
    return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
 | 
						|
    return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
 | 
						|
                    (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
 | 
						|
    return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
 | 
						|
             getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
 | 
						|
    return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
 | 
						|
             getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // The result is the min of all operands results.
 | 
						|
    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
 | 
						|
    return MinOpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // The result is the sum of all operands results.
 | 
						|
    uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
         SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)),
 | 
						|
                          BitWidth);
 | 
						|
    return SumOpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // The result is the min of all operands results.
 | 
						|
    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
 | 
						|
    return MinOpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // The result is the min of all operands results.
 | 
						|
    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
 | 
						|
    return MinOpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // The result is the min of all operands results.
 | 
						|
    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
 | 
						|
    return MinOpRes;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
 | 
						|
    unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
 | 
						|
    APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
 | 
						|
    computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones,
 | 
						|
                     F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
 | 
						|
    return Zeros.countTrailingOnes();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // SCEVUDivExpr
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// GetRangeFromMetadata - Helper method to assign a range to V from
 | 
						|
/// metadata present in the IR.
 | 
						|
static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) {
 | 
						|
      ConstantRange TotalRange(
 | 
						|
          cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitWidth(), false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      unsigned NumRanges = MD->getNumOperands() / 2;
 | 
						|
      assert(NumRanges >= 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        ConstantInt *Lower =
 | 
						|
            mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 0));
 | 
						|
        ConstantInt *Upper =
 | 
						|
            mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 1));
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue());
 | 
						|
        TotalRange = TotalRange.unionWith(Range);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return TotalRange;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return None;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getRange - Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
 | 
						|
/// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
 | 
						|
/// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
ConstantRange
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getRange(const SCEV *S,
 | 
						|
                          ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
 | 
						|
      SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
 | 
						|
                                                       : SignedRanges;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // See if we've computed this range already.
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
 | 
						|
  if (I != Cache.end())
 | 
						|
    return I->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
 | 
						|
    return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
 | 
						|
  ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
 | 
						|
  // as well.
 | 
						|
  uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
 | 
						|
  if (TZ != 0) {
 | 
						|
    if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
      ConservativeResult =
 | 
						|
          ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
 | 
						|
                        APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
 | 
						|
          APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
 | 
						|
          APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      X = X.add(getRange(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
 | 
						|
    return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      X = X.multiply(getRange(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
 | 
						|
    return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      X = X.smax(getRange(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
 | 
						|
    return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      X = X.umax(getRange(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
 | 
						|
    return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange Y = getRange(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
 | 
						|
                    ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
 | 
						|
                    ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
 | 
						|
                    ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange X = getRange(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
 | 
						|
    return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
 | 
						|
                    ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
 | 
						|
    // initial value.
 | 
						|
    if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW))
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
 | 
						|
        if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
 | 
						|
          ConservativeResult =
 | 
						|
            ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
 | 
						|
              ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
 | 
						|
    // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
 | 
						|
    if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
 | 
						|
      bool AllNonNeg = true;
 | 
						|
      bool AllNonPos = true;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
 | 
						|
        if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (AllNonNeg)
 | 
						|
        ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
 | 
						|
          ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
 | 
						|
                        APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
 | 
						|
      else if (AllNonPos)
 | 
						|
        ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
 | 
						|
          ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
 | 
						|
                        APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // TODO: non-affine addrec
 | 
						|
    if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
 | 
						|
      Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
 | 
						|
          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check for overflow.  This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic
 | 
						|
        // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow
 | 
						|
        // checking code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange ZExtMaxBECountRange =
 | 
						|
            MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange SExtStepSRange = StepSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange StartURange = getUnsignedRange(Start);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange EndURange =
 | 
						|
            StartURange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepSRange));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check for unsigned overflow.
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange ZExtStartURange =
 | 
						|
            StartURange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange ZExtEndURange = EndURange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
        if (ZExtStartURange.add(ZExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(SExtStepSRange)) ==
 | 
						|
            ZExtEndURange) {
 | 
						|
          APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartURange.getUnsignedMin(),
 | 
						|
                                     EndURange.getUnsignedMin());
 | 
						|
          APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartURange.getUnsignedMax(),
 | 
						|
                                     EndURange.getUnsignedMax());
 | 
						|
          bool IsFullRange = Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue();
 | 
						|
          if (!IsFullRange)
 | 
						|
            ConservativeResult =
 | 
						|
                ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max + 1));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange EndSRange =
 | 
						|
            StartSRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepSRange));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check for signed overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange
 | 
						|
        // arithmetic because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution
 | 
						|
        // overflow checking code.
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange SExtStartSRange =
 | 
						|
            StartSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange SExtEndSRange = EndSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1);
 | 
						|
        if (SExtStartSRange.add(ZExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(SExtStepSRange)) ==
 | 
						|
            SExtEndSRange) {
 | 
						|
          APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartSRange.getSignedMin(),
 | 
						|
                                     EndSRange.getSignedMin());
 | 
						|
          APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartSRange.getSignedMax(),
 | 
						|
                                     EndSRange.getSignedMax());
 | 
						|
          bool IsFullRange = Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue();
 | 
						|
          if (!IsFullRange)
 | 
						|
            ConservativeResult =
 | 
						|
                ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max + 1));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, ConservativeResult);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
 | 
						|
    // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
 | 
						|
    Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
 | 
						|
    if (MDRange.hasValue())
 | 
						|
      ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
 | 
						|
    // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
 | 
						|
    // if needed.
 | 
						|
    const DataLayout &DL = F->getParent()->getDataLayout();
 | 
						|
    if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
 | 
						|
      // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
 | 
						|
      APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
 | 
						|
      computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
 | 
						|
      if (Ones != ~Zeros + 1)
 | 
						|
        ConservativeResult =
 | 
						|
            ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
 | 
						|
             "generalize as needed!");
 | 
						|
      unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
 | 
						|
      if (NS > 1)
 | 
						|
        ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
 | 
						|
            ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
 | 
						|
                          APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return setRange(U, SignHint, ConservativeResult);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return setRange(S, SignHint, ConservativeResult);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value.
 | 
						|
/// Analyze the expression.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
 | 
						|
    return getUnknown(V);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1;
 | 
						|
  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    Opcode = I->getOpcode();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
 | 
						|
    // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
 | 
						|
    // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
 | 
						|
    // analysis depends on.
 | 
						|
    if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
 | 
						|
      return getUnknown(V);
 | 
						|
  } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
 | 
						|
    Opcode = CE->getOpcode();
 | 
						|
  else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(CI);
 | 
						|
  else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
 | 
						|
    return getConstant(V->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
  else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
 | 
						|
    return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return getUnknown(V);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
 | 
						|
  switch (Opcode) {
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Add: {
 | 
						|
    // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
 | 
						|
    // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
 | 
						|
    // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
 | 
						|
    // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
 | 
						|
    // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
 | 
						|
    // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // Don't apply this instruction's NSW or NUW flags to the new
 | 
						|
    // expression. The instruction may be guarded by control flow that the
 | 
						|
    // no-wrap behavior depends on. Non-control-equivalent instructions can be
 | 
						|
    // mapped to the same SCEV expression, and it would be incorrect to transfer
 | 
						|
    // NSW/NUW semantics to those operations.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
 | 
						|
    AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
    for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); ; Op = U->getOperand(0)) {
 | 
						|
      unsigned Opcode = Op->getValueID() - Value::InstructionVal;
 | 
						|
      if (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      U = cast<Operator>(Op);
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Op1 = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
      if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
 | 
						|
        AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(Op1));
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        AddOps.push_back(Op1);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
 | 
						|
    return getAddExpr(AddOps);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Mul: {
 | 
						|
    // Don't transfer NSW/NUW for the same reason as AddExpr.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
 | 
						|
    MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
    for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0);
 | 
						|
         Op->getValueID() == Instruction::Mul + Value::InstructionVal;
 | 
						|
         Op = U->getOperand(0)) {
 | 
						|
      U = cast<Operator>(Op);
 | 
						|
      MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
 | 
						|
    return getMulExpr(MulOps);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::UDiv:
 | 
						|
    return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
 | 
						|
                       getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Sub:
 | 
						|
    return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
 | 
						|
                        getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::And:
 | 
						|
    // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
 | 
						|
    // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      if (CI->isNullValue())
 | 
						|
        return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
      if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
 | 
						|
        return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
      const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
 | 
						|
      // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
 | 
						|
      // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
 | 
						|
      // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
 | 
						|
      unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
 | 
						|
      unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
 | 
						|
      unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
      APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
 | 
						|
      computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne,
 | 
						|
                       F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APInt EffectiveMask =
 | 
						|
          APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
 | 
						|
      if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) {
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(
 | 
						|
            ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ)));
 | 
						|
        return getMulExpr(
 | 
						|
            getZeroExtendExpr(
 | 
						|
                getTruncateExpr(
 | 
						|
                    getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount),
 | 
						|
                    IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
 | 
						|
                U->getType()),
 | 
						|
            MulCount);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Or:
 | 
						|
    // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
 | 
						|
    // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
 | 
						|
    // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
 | 
						|
    // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
      const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
 | 
						|
      if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
 | 
						|
          (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
 | 
						|
        // Build a plain add SCEV.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
 | 
						|
        // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
 | 
						|
        // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
          const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
 | 
						|
            OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return S;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Xor:
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add.
 | 
						|
      // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step.
 | 
						|
      if (CI->getValue().isSignBit())
 | 
						|
        return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
 | 
						|
                          getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
 | 
						|
      if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
 | 
						|
        return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
 | 
						|
      // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
 | 
						|
      // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
 | 
						|
      // of an xor with -1.
 | 
						|
      if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
        if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)))
 | 
						|
          if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
 | 
						|
              LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
 | 
						|
            if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
 | 
						|
                  dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) {
 | 
						|
              Type *UTy = U->getType();
 | 
						|
              const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
 | 
						|
              Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
 | 
						|
              unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
 | 
						|
              // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
 | 
						|
              // re-apply the zext.
 | 
						|
              if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue()))
 | 
						|
                return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
 | 
						|
              // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
 | 
						|
              // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
 | 
						|
              APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
 | 
						|
              if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
 | 
						|
                  Trunc.isSignBit())
 | 
						|
                return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
 | 
						|
                                         UTy);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Shl:
 | 
						|
    // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
 | 
						|
      // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
 | 
						|
      // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
 | 
						|
      // other parts of the compiler.
 | 
						|
      if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
        APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
 | 
						|
      return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::LShr:
 | 
						|
    // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
 | 
						|
      // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
 | 
						|
      // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
 | 
						|
      // other parts of the compiler.
 | 
						|
      if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
        APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
 | 
						|
      return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::AShr:
 | 
						|
    // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1)))
 | 
						|
      if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
        if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
 | 
						|
            L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) {
 | 
						|
          uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
 | 
						|
          // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
 | 
						|
          // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
 | 
						|
          // other parts of the compiler.
 | 
						|
          if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
          if (Amt == BitWidth)
 | 
						|
            return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));       // shift by zero --> noop
 | 
						|
          return
 | 
						|
            getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)),
 | 
						|
                                              IntegerType::get(getContext(),
 | 
						|
                                                               Amt)),
 | 
						|
                              U->getType());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Trunc:
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::ZExt:
 | 
						|
    return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::SExt:
 | 
						|
    return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::BitCast:
 | 
						|
    // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
 | 
						|
    if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
 | 
						|
  // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
 | 
						|
  // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
 | 
						|
  // simplifying integer expressions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
 | 
						|
    return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::PHI:
 | 
						|
    return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Instruction::Select:
 | 
						|
    // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier.
 | 
						|
    // Try to recover it.
 | 
						|
    if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
      Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
 | 
						|
      Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
 | 
						|
      switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
 | 
						|
        std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
        // fall through
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
        // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
 | 
						|
        // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
 | 
						|
        if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <=
 | 
						|
            getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType())) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
          LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
 | 
						|
          RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
 | 
						|
        std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
        // fall through
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
        // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
 | 
						|
        // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
 | 
						|
        if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <=
 | 
						|
            getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType())) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
          LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
 | 
						|
          RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
 | 
						|
        // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
 | 
						|
        if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <=
 | 
						|
                getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
            isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *One = getConstant(U->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
 | 
						|
        // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
 | 
						|
        if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <=
 | 
						|
                getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
            isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *One = getConstant(U->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), U->getType());
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
 | 
						|
          if (LDiff == RDiff)
 | 
						|
            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default: // We cannot analyze this expression.
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getUnknown(V);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                   Iteration Count Computation Code
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
 | 
						|
    return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // No trip count information for multiple exits.
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a
 | 
						|
/// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not
 | 
						|
/// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>=
 | 
						|
/// 2^32).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More
 | 
						|
/// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock
 | 
						|
/// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the
 | 
						|
/// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit
 | 
						|
/// prematurely via another branch.
 | 
						|
unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                                    BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
 | 
						|
  assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
 | 
						|
  assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
 | 
						|
         "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
 | 
						|
  if (!ExitCount)
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Guard against huge trip counts.
 | 
						|
  if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
 | 
						|
  return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
 | 
						|
    return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the
 | 
						|
/// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This
 | 
						|
/// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned
 | 
						|
/// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
 | 
						|
/// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
 | 
						|
/// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
 | 
						|
/// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
 | 
						|
/// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
 | 
						|
unsigned
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                              BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
 | 
						|
  assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
 | 
						|
  assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
 | 
						|
         "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
 | 
						|
  if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount,
 | 
						|
                                 getConstant(ExitCount->getType(), 1));
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt
 | 
						|
  // to factor simple cases.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul))
 | 
						|
    TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul);
 | 
						|
  if (!MulC)
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
 | 
						|
  // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
 | 
						|
  // addition wraps).
 | 
						|
  if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
 | 
						|
      Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which
 | 
						|
// this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
 | 
						|
// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
 | 
						|
  return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable
 | 
						|
/// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute
 | 
						|
/// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header
 | 
						|
/// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the
 | 
						|
/// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration,
 | 
						|
/// when the header is branched to from outside the loop.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a
 | 
						|
/// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see
 | 
						|
/// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except
 | 
						|
/// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the
 | 
						|
/// actual backedge taken count.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop
 | 
						|
/// onto the given Worklist.
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
 | 
						|
  for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
 | 
						|
       PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
 | 
						|
    Worklist.push_back(PN);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
 | 
						|
  // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
 | 
						|
  // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
 | 
						|
  // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
 | 
						|
  // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
 | 
						|
  std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
 | 
						|
    BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo()));
 | 
						|
  if (!Pair.second)
 | 
						|
    return Pair.first->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
 | 
						|
  // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
 | 
						|
  // must be cleared in this scope.
 | 
						|
  BackedgeTakenInfo Result = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
 | 
						|
    assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
 | 
						|
           isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
 | 
						|
           "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
 | 
						|
    ++NumTripCountsComputed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
 | 
						|
           isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
 | 
						|
    // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
 | 
						|
    ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
 | 
						|
  // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
 | 
						|
  // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
 | 
						|
  // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
 | 
						|
  // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
 | 
						|
  if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
 | 
						|
    PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
 | 
						|
    while (!Worklist.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
      if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
 | 
						|
        ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
 | 
						|
      if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Old = It->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
 | 
						|
        // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
 | 
						|
        // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
 | 
						|
        // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
 | 
						|
        // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
 | 
						|
        // own when it gets to that point.
 | 
						|
        if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
 | 
						|
          forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
 | 
						|
          ValueExprMap.erase(It);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
 | 
						|
          ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
 | 
						|
  // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
 | 
						|
  // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
 | 
						|
  // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
 | 
						|
  // earlier.
 | 
						|
  return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has
 | 
						|
/// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to
 | 
						|
/// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted.
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // Drop any stored trip count value.
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos =
 | 
						|
    BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L);
 | 
						|
  if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) {
 | 
						|
    BTCPos->second.clear();
 | 
						|
    BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
 | 
						|
  PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
 | 
						|
  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
    if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
 | 
						|
    if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
 | 
						|
      forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.erase(It);
 | 
						|
      if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
 | 
						|
        ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
 | 
						|
  // ValuesAtScopes map.
 | 
						|
  for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    forgetLoop(*I);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has
 | 
						|
/// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may
 | 
						|
/// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop.
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
 | 
						|
  if (!I) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
 | 
						|
  Worklist.push_back(I);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
 | 
						|
  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
    if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
 | 
						|
    if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
 | 
						|
      forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
 | 
						|
      ValueExprMap.erase(It);
 | 
						|
      if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
 | 
						|
        ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop
 | 
						|
/// exits. A computable result can only be return for loops with a single exit.
 | 
						|
/// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
 | 
						|
/// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero assumes that
 | 
						|
/// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
 | 
						|
/// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
 | 
						|
/// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
 | 
						|
/// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
 | 
						|
  // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
 | 
						|
  if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We need exactly one computable exit.
 | 
						|
  if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
  assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
 | 
						|
       ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!BECount)
 | 
						|
      BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken;
 | 
						|
    else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken)
 | 
						|
      return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
 | 
						|
  return BECount;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
 | 
						|
                                             ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
 | 
						|
  for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
 | 
						|
       ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock)
 | 
						|
      return ENT->ExactNotTaken;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
 | 
						|
  return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
 | 
						|
                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
 | 
						|
  if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
 | 
						|
       ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute()
 | 
						|
        && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) {
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
 | 
						|
/// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
 | 
						|
  SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts,
 | 
						|
  bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Complete)
 | 
						|
    ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size();
 | 
						|
  if (NumExits == 0) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first;
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second;
 | 
						|
  if (NumExits == 1) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits.
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) {
 | 
						|
    PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT);
 | 
						|
    ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first;
 | 
						|
    ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge
 | 
						|
/// of the specified loop will execute.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
 | 
						|
  L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts;
 | 
						|
  bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
 | 
						|
  // and compute maxBECount.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
 | 
						|
    ExitLimit EL = ComputeExitLimit(L, ExitBB);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
 | 
						|
    // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
 | 
						|
    if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
      // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
 | 
						|
      // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
 | 
						|
      CouldComputeBECount = false;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, EL.Exact));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
 | 
						|
    // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
 | 
						|
    // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
 | 
						|
    // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
 | 
						|
    // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.Max of computable LoopMustExits. Otherwise,
 | 
						|
    // MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum EL.Max, where CouldNotCompute is
 | 
						|
    // considered greater than any computable EL.Max.
 | 
						|
    if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
 | 
						|
        DT->dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!MustExitMaxBECount)
 | 
						|
        MustExitMaxBECount = EL.Max;
 | 
						|
      else {
 | 
						|
        MustExitMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.Max);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
 | 
						|
      if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
        MayExitMaxBECount = EL.Max;
 | 
						|
      else {
 | 
						|
        MayExitMaxBECount =
 | 
						|
          getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.Max);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
 | 
						|
    (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
 | 
						|
  return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeExitLimit - Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified
 | 
						|
/// loop will execute if it exits via the specified block.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to
 | 
						|
  // exit at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
 | 
						|
  // lead to the loop header.
 | 
						|
  bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(ExitingBlock), SE = succ_end(ExitingBlock);
 | 
						|
       SI != SE; ++SI)
 | 
						|
    if (!L->contains(*SI)) {
 | 
						|
      if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
 | 
						|
        return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      Exit = *SI;
 | 
						|
    } else if (*SI != L->getHeader()) {
 | 
						|
      MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
 | 
						|
  // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
 | 
						|
  // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
 | 
						|
  // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
 | 
						|
  // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
 | 
						|
  // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
 | 
						|
  // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
 | 
						|
  // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
 | 
						|
  // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
 | 
						|
  // trip count of the loop.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
 | 
						|
    // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
 | 
						|
    // up to the header.
 | 
						|
    bool Ok = false;
 | 
						|
    for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
 | 
						|
      BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
 | 
						|
      if (!Pred)
 | 
						|
        return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i);
 | 
						|
        if (PredSucc == BB)
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
        // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
 | 
						|
        // outside the loop, assume the worst.
 | 
						|
        if (L->contains(PredSucc))
 | 
						|
          return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
 | 
						|
        Ok = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      BB = Pred;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!Ok)
 | 
						|
      return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
 | 
						|
  TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
 | 
						|
  if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
 | 
						|
    assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
 | 
						|
    // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
 | 
						|
    return ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0),
 | 
						|
                                    BI->getSuccessor(1),
 | 
						|
                                    /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
 | 
						|
    return ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
 | 
						|
                                                /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the
 | 
						|
/// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
 | 
						|
/// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// @param ControlsExit is true if ExitCond directly controls the exit
 | 
						|
/// branch. In this case, we can assume that the loop exits only if the
 | 
						|
/// condition is true and can infer that failing to meet the condition prior to
 | 
						|
/// integer wraparound results in undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                          Value *ExitCond,
 | 
						|
                                          BasicBlock *TBB,
 | 
						|
                                          BasicBlock *FBB,
 | 
						|
                                          bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
  // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
 | 
						|
  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
 | 
						|
    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
 | 
						|
      // Recurse on the operands of the and.
 | 
						|
      bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB);
 | 
						|
      ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB,
 | 
						|
                                               ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
 | 
						|
      ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB,
 | 
						|
                                               ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      if (EitherMayExit) {
 | 
						|
        // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
 | 
						|
        // Choose the less conservative count.
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
 | 
						|
            EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact);
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL1.Max;
 | 
						|
        else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
 | 
						|
        // For now, be conservative.
 | 
						|
        assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max)
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact)
 | 
						|
          BECount = EL0.Exact;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
 | 
						|
      // Recurse on the operands of the or.
 | 
						|
      bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB);
 | 
						|
      ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB,
 | 
						|
                                               ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
 | 
						|
      ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB,
 | 
						|
                                               ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      if (EitherMayExit) {
 | 
						|
        // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
 | 
						|
        // Choose the less conservative count.
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
 | 
						|
            EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact);
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL1.Max;
 | 
						|
        else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
 | 
						|
        // For now, be conservative.
 | 
						|
        assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max)
 | 
						|
          MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
 | 
						|
        if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact)
 | 
						|
          BECount = EL0.Exact;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
 | 
						|
  // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
 | 
						|
  if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond))
 | 
						|
    return ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
 | 
						|
  // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
 | 
						|
  // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
 | 
						|
  // in place.
 | 
						|
  if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
 | 
						|
    if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
 | 
						|
      // The backedge is always taken.
 | 
						|
      return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      // The backedge is never taken.
 | 
						|
      return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
 | 
						|
  return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeExitLimitFromICmp - Compute the number of times the
 | 
						|
/// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
 | 
						|
/// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                          ICmpInst *ExitCond,
 | 
						|
                                          BasicBlock *TBB,
 | 
						|
                                          BasicBlock *FBB,
 | 
						|
                                          bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate Cond;
 | 
						|
  if (!L->contains(FBB))
 | 
						|
    Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
 | 
						|
  if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
    if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
 | 
						|
      ExitLimit ItCnt =
 | 
						|
        ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond);
 | 
						|
      if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
 | 
						|
        return ItCnt;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
 | 
						|
  LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
 | 
						|
  RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
 | 
						|
  // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
 | 
						|
  if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
 | 
						|
    // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
 | 
						|
  (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
 | 
						|
  // ranges to answer this query.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
 | 
						|
      if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
 | 
						|
        // Form the constant range.
 | 
						|
        ConstantRange CompRange(
 | 
						|
            ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
 | 
						|
        if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (Cond) {
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
 | 
						|
    // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
 | 
						|
    ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
 | 
						|
    if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
 | 
						|
    // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
 | 
						|
    ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
 | 
						|
    if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
 | 
						|
    bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
 | 
						|
    ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit);
 | 
						|
    if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
 | 
						|
    bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
 | 
						|
    ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit);
 | 
						|
    if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
    dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount ";
 | 
						|
    if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned())
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "[unsigned] ";
 | 
						|
    dbgs() << *LHS << "   "
 | 
						|
         << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp)
 | 
						|
         << "   " << *RHS << "\n";
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                                      SwitchInst *Switch,
 | 
						|
                                                      BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
 | 
						|
                                                      bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
 | 
						|
  if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Default case must not exit the loop!");
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
 | 
						|
  ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
 | 
						|
  if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
 | 
						|
    return EL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static ConstantInt *
 | 
						|
EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
 | 
						|
                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
 | 
						|
  assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
 | 
						|
         "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
 | 
						|
  return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of
 | 
						|
/// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge
 | 
						|
/// execution count.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
 | 
						|
  LoadInst *LI,
 | 
						|
  Constant *RHS,
 | 
						|
  const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
 | 
						|
  // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
 | 
						|
  GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
 | 
						|
  // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
 | 
						|
  GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
 | 
						|
      GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
 | 
						|
      !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
 | 
						|
  Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
 | 
						|
  unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
 | 
						|
      Indexes.push_back(CI);
 | 
						|
    } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
 | 
						|
      if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
 | 
						|
      VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
 | 
						|
      VarIdxNum = i-2;
 | 
						|
      Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
 | 
						|
  if (!VarIdx)
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
 | 
						|
  Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
 | 
						|
  // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
 | 
						|
  if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
 | 
						|
      !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
 | 
						|
      !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
 | 
						|
                           cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Form the GEP offset.
 | 
						|
    Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
 | 
						|
                                                         Indexes);
 | 
						|
    if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
 | 
						|
    Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
 | 
						|
    if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst
 | 
						|
             << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader()
 | 
						|
             << "***\n";
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
 | 
						|
      return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the
 | 
						|
/// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants.
 | 
						|
static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
 | 
						|
  if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
 | 
						|
      isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
 | 
						|
      isa<LoadInst>(I))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
 | 
						|
    if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
 | 
						|
      return canConstantFoldCallTo(F);
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
 | 
						|
/// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
 | 
						|
static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
 | 
						|
  if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
 | 
						|
    // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
 | 
						|
    // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
 | 
						|
    return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
 | 
						|
  // are constants, bail early.
 | 
						|
  return CanConstantFold(I);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
 | 
						|
/// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
 | 
						|
static PHINode *
 | 
						|
getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                               DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
 | 
						|
  // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
 | 
						|
  PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
         OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI);
 | 
						|
    if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
 | 
						|
    if (!P)
 | 
						|
      // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
 | 
						|
      // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
 | 
						|
      // inconsistent paths meet.
 | 
						|
      P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
 | 
						|
    if (!P) {
 | 
						|
      // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
 | 
						|
      // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
 | 
						|
      P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap);
 | 
						|
      PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!P)
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
 | 
						|
    if (PHI && PHI != P)
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
 | 
						|
    PHI = P;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
 | 
						|
  return PHI;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
 | 
						|
/// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
 | 
						|
/// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
 | 
						|
/// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
 | 
						|
/// constraints, return null.
 | 
						|
static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
 | 
						|
  if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
 | 
						|
    return PN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
 | 
						|
  return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
 | 
						|
/// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
 | 
						|
/// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
 | 
						|
/// reason, return null.
 | 
						|
static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                    DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
 | 
						|
                                    const DataLayout &DL,
 | 
						|
                                    const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
 | 
						|
  // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
 | 
						|
  if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
 | 
						|
  Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
 | 
						|
  if (!I) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
 | 
						|
  // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
 | 
						|
  if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
 | 
						|
  // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
 | 
						|
  // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
    if (!Operand) {
 | 
						|
      Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
      if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
    Vals[Operand] = C;
 | 
						|
    if (!C) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    Operands[i] = C;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
 | 
						|
    return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
 | 
						|
                                           Operands[1], DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
  if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
 | 
						|
    if (!LI->isVolatile())
 | 
						|
      return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, DL,
 | 
						|
                                  TLI);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
 | 
						|
/// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
 | 
						|
/// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
 | 
						|
/// involving constants, fold it.
 | 
						|
Constant *
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
 | 
						|
                                                   const APInt &BEs,
 | 
						|
                                                   const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*>::const_iterator I =
 | 
						|
    ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
 | 
						|
  if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
 | 
						|
    return I->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
 | 
						|
    return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
 | 
						|
  assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries.  One
 | 
						|
  // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
 | 
						|
  // second must be derived from the same PHI.
 | 
						|
  bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
 | 
						|
  PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
 | 
						|
       (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) {
 | 
						|
    Constant *StartCST =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
 | 
						|
    if (!StartCST) continue;
 | 
						|
    CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
 | 
						|
    return RetVal = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
 | 
						|
  if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32)
 | 
						|
    return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
 | 
						|
  unsigned IterationNum = 0;
 | 
						|
  const DataLayout &DL = F->getParent()->getDataLayout();
 | 
						|
  for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
 | 
						|
    if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
 | 
						|
      return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
 | 
						|
    // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
 | 
						|
    DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
 | 
						|
    Constant *NextPHI =
 | 
						|
        EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
    if (!NextPHI)
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
 | 
						|
    NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
 | 
						|
    // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
 | 
						|
    // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
 | 
						|
    for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator
 | 
						|
           I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){
 | 
						|
      PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first);
 | 
						|
      if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
 | 
						|
      PHIsToCompute.push_back(std::make_pair(PHI, I->second));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
 | 
						|
    // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
 | 
						|
    for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant*> >::const_iterator
 | 
						|
             I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      PHINode *PHI = I->first;
 | 
						|
      Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
 | 
						|
      if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
 | 
						|
        Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
 | 
						|
        NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (NextPHI != I->second)
 | 
						|
        StoppedEvolving = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
 | 
						|
    // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
 | 
						|
    if (StoppedEvolving)
 | 
						|
      return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ComputeExitCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a
 | 
						|
/// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants),
 | 
						|
/// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit
 | 
						|
/// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false).  If we cannot
 | 
						|
/// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute().
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                                          Value *Cond,
 | 
						|
                                                          bool ExitWhen) {
 | 
						|
  PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
 | 
						|
  if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
 | 
						|
  // That's the only form we support here.
 | 
						|
  if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
 | 
						|
  assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
 | 
						|
  // second must be derived from the same PHI.
 | 
						|
  bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
 | 
						|
  PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
 | 
						|
       (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) {
 | 
						|
    Constant *StartCST =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
 | 
						|
    if (!StartCST) continue;
 | 
						|
    CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
 | 
						|
  // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
 | 
						|
  // "ExitWhen".
 | 
						|
  unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
 | 
						|
  const DataLayout &DL = F->getParent()->getDataLayout();
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
 | 
						|
        EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
 | 
						|
    if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
 | 
						|
      ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
 | 
						|
      return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
 | 
						|
    DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
 | 
						|
    // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
 | 
						|
    // into CurrentIterVals.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
 | 
						|
    for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator
 | 
						|
           I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){
 | 
						|
      PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first);
 | 
						|
      if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
 | 
						|
      PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    for (SmallVectorImpl<PHINode *>::const_iterator I = PHIsToCompute.begin(),
 | 
						|
             E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      PHINode *PHI = *I;
 | 
						|
      Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
 | 
						|
      if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
 | 
						|
      NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value
 | 
						|
/// at the specified scope in the program.  The L value specifies a loop
 | 
						|
/// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a
 | 
						|
/// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined
 | 
						|
/// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the
 | 
						|
/// original value V is returned.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V];
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) {
 | 
						|
    if (Values[u].first == L)
 | 
						|
      return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(nullptr)));
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise compute it.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V];
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) {
 | 
						|
    if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) {
 | 
						|
      Values2[u - 1].second = C;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return C;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
 | 
						|
/// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
 | 
						|
/// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
 | 
						|
/// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
 | 
						|
static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
 | 
						|
  switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
    case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
    case scAddRecExpr:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case scConstant:
 | 
						|
      return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
 | 
						|
    case scUnknown:
 | 
						|
      return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
 | 
						|
    case scSignExtend: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
 | 
						|
        return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scZeroExtend: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
 | 
						|
        return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scTruncate: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
 | 
						|
        return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scAddExpr: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
        if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
 | 
						|
          unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
 | 
						|
          Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
 | 
						|
          C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
          if (!C2) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // First pointer!
 | 
						|
          if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
 | 
						|
            unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
 | 
						|
            std::swap(C, C2);
 | 
						|
            Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
 | 
						|
            // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
 | 
						|
            // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
 | 
						|
          // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
 | 
						|
          if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
 | 
						|
            return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
 | 
						|
            if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
 | 
						|
              C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
 | 
						|
                  C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
 | 
						|
          } else
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return C;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scMulExpr: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
 | 
						|
        // Don't bother with pointers at all.
 | 
						|
        if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
 | 
						|
          if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
          C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return C;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scUDivExpr: {
 | 
						|
      const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
      if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
 | 
						|
        if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
 | 
						|
          if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
 | 
						|
            return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case scSMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
    case scUMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
      break; // TODO: smax, umax.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
 | 
						|
  // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
 | 
						|
      const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()];
 | 
						|
      if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
 | 
						|
        if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
 | 
						|
          if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
 | 
						|
            // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
 | 
						|
            // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
 | 
						|
            // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
 | 
						|
            // value.
 | 
						|
            const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
 | 
						|
            if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
 | 
						|
                  dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
 | 
						|
              // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
 | 
						|
              // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
 | 
						|
              // the specified iteration number.
 | 
						|
              Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN,
 | 
						|
                                                   BTCC->getValue()->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                                               LI);
 | 
						|
              if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
 | 
						|
      // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
 | 
						|
      // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
 | 
						|
      // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
 | 
						|
      if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
 | 
						|
        bool MadeImprovement = false;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          Value *Op = I->getOperand(i);
 | 
						|
          if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
 | 
						|
            Operands.push_back(C);
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
 | 
						|
          // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
 | 
						|
          // with scev techniques.
 | 
						|
          if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
 | 
						|
            return V;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
 | 
						|
          const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
 | 
						|
          MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
 | 
						|
          if (!C) return V;
 | 
						|
          if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
 | 
						|
                                                              Op->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                                              false),
 | 
						|
                                      C, Op->getType());
 | 
						|
          Operands.push_back(C);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
 | 
						|
        if (MadeImprovement) {
 | 
						|
          Constant *C = nullptr;
 | 
						|
          const DataLayout &DL = F->getParent()->getDataLayout();
 | 
						|
          if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
 | 
						|
                                                Operands[1], DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
          else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
 | 
						|
            if (!LI->isVolatile())
 | 
						|
              C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL);
 | 
						|
          } else
 | 
						|
            C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands,
 | 
						|
                                         DL, TLI);
 | 
						|
          if (!C) return V;
 | 
						|
          return getSCEV(C);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
 | 
						|
    return V;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
 | 
						|
    // expression has no loop-variant portions.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
 | 
						|
      if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
 | 
						|
        // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
 | 
						|
        // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                            Comm->op_begin()+i);
 | 
						|
        NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
          OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
 | 
						|
          NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
 | 
						|
          return getAddExpr(NewOps);
 | 
						|
        if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
 | 
						|
          return getMulExpr(NewOps);
 | 
						|
        if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
 | 
						|
          return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
 | 
						|
        if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
 | 
						|
          return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
 | 
						|
        llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
 | 
						|
    return Comm;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
 | 
						|
      return Div;   // must be loop invariant
 | 
						|
    return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
 | 
						|
  // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
 | 
						|
    // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
 | 
						|
    // expression has no loop-variant portions.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
 | 
						|
      if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
 | 
						|
      // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                          AddRec->op_begin()+i);
 | 
						|
      NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
 | 
						|
      for (++i; i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
        NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *FoldedRec =
 | 
						|
        getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                      AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
 | 
						|
      AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
 | 
						|
      // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
 | 
						|
      // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
 | 
						|
      // ahead and return the folded value.
 | 
						|
      if (!AddRec)
 | 
						|
        return FoldedRec;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
 | 
						|
    // loop exit value of the addrec.
 | 
						|
    if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
 | 
						|
      // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
 | 
						|
      // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
 | 
						|
      if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
 | 
						|
      return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return AddRec;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
 | 
						|
      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
 | 
						|
    return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
 | 
						|
      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
 | 
						|
    return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
 | 
						|
      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
 | 
						|
    return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does
 | 
						|
/// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L).
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the
 | 
						|
/// following equation:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///     A * X = B (mod N)
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
 | 
						|
/// A and B isn't important.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B,
 | 
						|
                                               ScalarEvolution &SE) {
 | 
						|
  uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
  assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same.");
 | 
						|
  assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
 | 
						|
  // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
 | 
						|
  uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
 | 
						|
  // D = 2^Mult2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
 | 
						|
  // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
 | 
						|
  if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2)
 | 
						|
    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
 | 
						|
  // modulo (N / D).
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation.  Hence, we'll use this
 | 
						|
  // bit width during computations.
 | 
						|
  APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
 | 
						|
  APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
 | 
						|
  Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
 | 
						|
  APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
 | 
						|
  // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
 | 
						|
  APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW
 | 
						|
  // bits.
 | 
						|
  return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the
 | 
						|
/// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which
 | 
						|
/// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *>
 | 
						|
SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
 | 
						|
  assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
 | 
						|
  if (!LC || !MC || !NC) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
    return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
  const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
 | 
						|
  APInt Four(BitWidth, 4);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    using namespace APIntOps;
 | 
						|
    const APInt& C = L;
 | 
						|
    // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
 | 
						|
    // The B coefficient is M-N/2
 | 
						|
    APInt B(M);
 | 
						|
    B -= sdiv(N,Two);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The A coefficient is N/2
 | 
						|
    APInt A(N.sdiv(Two));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
 | 
						|
    APInt SqrtTerm(B);
 | 
						|
    SqrtTerm *= B;
 | 
						|
    SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
      // The loop is provably infinite.
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
 | 
						|
    // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
 | 
						|
    APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
 | 
						|
    // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
 | 
						|
    APInt NegB(-B);
 | 
						|
    APInt TwoA(A << 1);
 | 
						|
    if (TwoA.isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
      return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *Solution1 =
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *Solution2 =
 | 
						|
      ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1),
 | 
						|
                          SE.getConstant(Solution2));
 | 
						|
  } // end APIntOps namespace
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified
 | 
						|
/// value to zero will execute.  If not computable, return CouldNotCompute.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is
 | 
						|
/// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
 | 
						|
/// effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
 | 
						|
/// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
  // If the value is a constant
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
 | 
						|
    if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
 | 
						|
  if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
 | 
						|
  // the quadratic equation to solve it.
 | 
						|
  if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
 | 
						|
    std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots =
 | 
						|
      SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this);
 | 
						|
    const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
 | 
						|
    const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
 | 
						|
    if (R1 && R2) {
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1
 | 
						|
             << "  sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n";
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      // Pick the smallest positive root value.
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantInt *CB =
 | 
						|
          dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
 | 
						|
                                                      R1->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                                      R2->getValue()))) {
 | 
						|
        if (!CB->getZExtValue())
 | 
						|
          std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
 | 
						|
        // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
 | 
						|
        // should not accept a root of 2.
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
 | 
						|
        if (Val->isZero())
 | 
						|
          return R1;  // We found a quadratic root!
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
 | 
						|
  if (!AddRec->isAffine())
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
 | 
						|
  // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // equivalent to:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Get the initial value for the loop.
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For now we handle only constant steps.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
 | 
						|
  // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
 | 
						|
  // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
 | 
						|
  // We have not yet seen any such cases.
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
 | 
						|
  if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
 | 
						|
  //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
 | 
						|
  // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
 | 
						|
  //   N = Start/-Step
 | 
						|
  // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
 | 
						|
  bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative();
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
 | 
						|
  // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
 | 
						|
  //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
 | 
						|
  if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *MaxBECount;
 | 
						|
    if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue())
 | 
						|
      // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0.
 | 
						|
      MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue()
 | 
						|
        ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth()))
 | 
						|
        : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth()));
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax()
 | 
						|
                                         : -CR.getUnsignedMin());
 | 
						|
    return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // As a special case, handle the instance where Step is a positive power of
 | 
						|
  // two. In this case, determining whether Step divides Distance evenly can be
 | 
						|
  // done by counting and comparing the number of trailing zeros of Step and
 | 
						|
  // Distance.
 | 
						|
  if (!CountDown) {
 | 
						|
    const APInt &StepV = StepC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
    // StepV.isPowerOf2() returns true if StepV is an positive power of two.  It
 | 
						|
    // also returns true if StepV is maximally negative (eg, INT_MIN), but that
 | 
						|
    // case is not handled as this code is guarded by !CountDown.
 | 
						|
    if (StepV.isPowerOf2() &&
 | 
						|
        GetMinTrailingZeros(Distance) >= StepV.countTrailingZeros())
 | 
						|
      return getUDivExactExpr(Distance, Step);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
 | 
						|
  // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
 | 
						|
  // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
 | 
						|
  // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
 | 
						|
  // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
 | 
						|
  if (ControlsExit && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Exact =
 | 
						|
        getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
 | 
						|
    return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start))
 | 
						|
    return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                        -StartC->getValue()->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                        *this);
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the
 | 
						|
/// specified value for nonzero will execute.  If not computable, return
 | 
						|
/// CouldNotCompute
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
 | 
						|
  // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
 | 
						|
  // future as needed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
 | 
						|
  // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
 | 
						|
    if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue())
 | 
						|
      return getConstant(C->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
 | 
						|
  // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
 | 
						|
  return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB
 | 
						|
/// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one
 | 
						|
/// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is
 | 
						|
/// found.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
 | 
						|
  // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
 | 
						|
  // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
 | 
						|
  // from the predecessor to the block.
 | 
						|
  if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
 | 
						|
    return std::make_pair(Pred, BB);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
 | 
						|
  // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
 | 
						|
  // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
 | 
						|
  if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB))
 | 
						|
    return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for
 | 
						|
/// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of
 | 
						|
/// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little
 | 
						|
/// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling
 | 
						|
/// expression.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
 | 
						|
  // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
 | 
						|
  if (A == B) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
 | 
						|
  // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
 | 
						|
      if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
 | 
						|
        if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
 | 
						|
          if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory())
 | 
						|
            return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with
 | 
						|
/// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
 | 
						|
                                           const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
 | 
						|
                                           unsigned Depth) {
 | 
						|
  bool Changed = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
 | 
						|
  if (Depth >= 3)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
 | 
						|
    // Check for both operands constant.
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
 | 
						|
                                LHSC->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
 | 
						|
        goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
 | 
						|
    Changed = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
 | 
						|
  // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
 | 
						|
  // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
 | 
						|
      std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
 | 
						|
  // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
    switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
    default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
 | 
						|
      // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
 | 
						|
      if (!RA)
 | 
						|
        if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
 | 
						|
          if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
            if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
 | 
						|
                ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
 | 
						|
              RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
 | 
						|
              LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
 | 
						|
              Changed = true;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
      if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
 | 
						|
      RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
 | 
						|
      if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
 | 
						|
      RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
      if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
 | 
						|
      RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
 | 
						|
      if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
 | 
						|
      RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
       RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
 | 
						|
        Changed = true;
 | 
						|
       break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for obvious equality.
 | 
						|
  if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
 | 
						|
      goto trivially_true;
 | 
						|
    if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
 | 
						|
      goto trivially_false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
 | 
						|
  // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
 | 
						|
  switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
 | 
						|
    if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
    if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNSW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
 | 
						|
    if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
    if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
 | 
						|
      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
 | 
						|
                       SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
 | 
						|
      Changed = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
 | 
						|
  // changes.
 | 
						|
  if (Changed)
 | 
						|
    return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Changed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
trivially_true:
 | 
						|
  // Return 0 == 0.
 | 
						|
  LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
 | 
						|
  Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
trivially_false:
 | 
						|
  // Return 0 != 0.
 | 
						|
  LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
 | 
						|
  Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                       const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // Canonicalize the inputs first.
 | 
						|
  (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
 | 
						|
  // every iteration of the loop.
 | 
						|
  // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in
 | 
						|
  // every iteration of the loop.
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
 | 
						|
  bool LeftGuarded = false;
 | 
						|
  bool RightGuarded = false;
 | 
						|
  if (LAR) {
 | 
						|
    const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) &&
 | 
						|
        isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!RAR) return true;
 | 
						|
      LeftGuarded = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (RAR) {
 | 
						|
    const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop();
 | 
						|
    if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) &&
 | 
						|
        isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) {
 | 
						|
      if (!LAR) return true;
 | 
						|
      RightGuarded = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
 | 
						|
  return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
 | 
						|
    return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
 | 
						|
  // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
 | 
						|
  switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
 | 
						|
    ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {
 | 
						|
    if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (isKnownNonZero(Diff))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
 | 
						|
    // The check at the top of the function catches the case where
 | 
						|
    // the values are known to be equal.
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
 | 
						|
/// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
 | 
						|
/// to eliminate casts.
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                             ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
 | 
						|
  // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
 | 
						|
  if (!L) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
 | 
						|
  if (!Latch)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
 | 
						|
    dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
 | 
						|
  if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
 | 
						|
      isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
 | 
						|
                    LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
 | 
						|
                    LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
 | 
						|
  for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!AssumeVH)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
 | 
						|
    if (!DT->dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct ClearWalkingBEDominatingCondsOnExit {
 | 
						|
    ScalarEvolution &SE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    explicit ClearWalkingBEDominatingCondsOnExit(ScalarEvolution &SE)
 | 
						|
        : SE(SE){};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ~ClearWalkingBEDominatingCondsOnExit() {
 | 
						|
      SE.WalkingBEDominatingConds = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We don't want more than one activation of the following loop on the stack
 | 
						|
  // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
 | 
						|
  if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  WalkingBEDominatingConds = true;
 | 
						|
  ClearWalkingBEDominatingCondsOnExit ClearOnExit(*this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
 | 
						|
  // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
 | 
						|
  // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
 | 
						|
  if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (DomTreeNode *DTN = (*DT)[Latch], *HeaderDTN = (*DT)[L->getHeader()];
 | 
						|
       DTN != HeaderDTN;
 | 
						|
       DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
 | 
						|
    BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
 | 
						|
    if (!PBB)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
 | 
						|
    if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
 | 
						|
    // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
 | 
						|
    // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
 | 
						|
    if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
 | 
						|
      // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
 | 
						|
      // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
 | 
						|
      // with us on this:
 | 
						|
      assert(DT->dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
 | 
						|
                        BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected
 | 
						|
/// by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to help avoid max
 | 
						|
/// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts.
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
 | 
						|
                                          ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                          const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
 | 
						|
  // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
 | 
						|
  if (!L) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
 | 
						|
  // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
 | 
						|
  // leading to the original header.
 | 
						|
  for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
 | 
						|
         Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
 | 
						|
       Pair.first;
 | 
						|
       Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
 | 
						|
    if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
 | 
						|
        LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
 | 
						|
                      LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
 | 
						|
                      LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
 | 
						|
  for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!AssumeVH)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
 | 
						|
    if (!DT->dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond.
 | 
						|
/// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are
 | 
						|
/// currently evaluating isImpliedCond.
 | 
						|
struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate {
 | 
						|
  Value *Cond;
 | 
						|
  DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds;
 | 
						|
  bool Pending;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP)
 | 
						|
    : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) {
 | 
						|
    Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() {
 | 
						|
    if (!Pending)
 | 
						|
      LoopPreds.erase(Cond);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS,
 | 
						|
/// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true.
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                    const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                    Value *FoundCondValue,
 | 
						|
                                    bool Inverse) {
 | 
						|
  MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates);
 | 
						|
  if (Mark.Pending)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
 | 
						|
  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
 | 
						|
    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Inverse)
 | 
						|
        return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
 | 
						|
               isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
 | 
						|
    } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
 | 
						|
      if (Inverse)
 | 
						|
        return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
 | 
						|
               isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
 | 
						|
  if (!ICI) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
 | 
						|
  // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
 | 
						|
  if (Inverse)
 | 
						|
    FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Balance the types.
 | 
						|
  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
 | 
						|
      getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
 | 
						|
    if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
 | 
						|
      RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
 | 
						|
      RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
 | 
						|
      getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
 | 
						|
    if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
 | 
						|
      FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
      FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
      FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
 | 
						|
  // canonicalized the comparison.
 | 
						|
  if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
 | 
						|
    if (LHS == RHS)
 | 
						|
      return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
 | 
						|
  if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
    if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
 | 
						|
      return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
 | 
						|
  if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
 | 
						|
      std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
 | 
						|
      FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
      Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
 | 
						|
  if (FoundPred == Pred)
 | 
						|
    return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
 | 
						|
  // desired predicate.
 | 
						|
  if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
 | 
						|
      return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
 | 
						|
                                   RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
 | 
						|
  if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
 | 
						|
      (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *V = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
 | 
						|
      C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
 | 
						|
      V = FoundRHS;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
 | 
						|
      V = FoundLHS;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
 | 
						|
    // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
 | 
						|
    // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
 | 
						|
    // predicate we're interested in folding.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
 | 
						|
        getSignedRange(V).getSignedMin() : getUnsignedRange(V).getUnsignedMin();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Min == C->getValue()->getValue()) {
 | 
						|
      // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
 | 
						|
      // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
 | 
						|
      // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
        case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
        case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
          // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
 | 
						|
          // RHS, we're done.
 | 
						|
          if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
 | 
						|
                                    getConstant(SharperMin)))
 | 
						|
            return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
        case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
 | 
						|
          // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
 | 
						|
          // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
 | 
						|
          // == Min).  This gives us
 | 
						|
          //
 | 
						|
          //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
 | 
						|
          //   =>  V `Pred` Min
 | 
						|
          //
 | 
						|
          // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
 | 
						|
            return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
          // No change
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
 | 
						|
  if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
 | 
						|
    if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
 | 
						|
      if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
  if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
 | 
						|
    if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
 | 
						|
      if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise assume the worst.
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred,
 | 
						|
/// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS,
 | 
						|
/// and FoundRHS is true.
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                            const SCEV *FoundLHS,
 | 
						|
                                            const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
 | 
						|
  if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
 | 
						|
                                     FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
 | 
						|
         // ~x < ~y --> x > y
 | 
						|
         isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
 | 
						|
                                     getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
 | 
						|
                                     getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
 | 
						|
  if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  if (!(AddLHS && AddLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue()))
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
 | 
						|
  if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVConstant *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRHS->getOperand(0));
 | 
						|
  if (!(MulLHS && MulLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue()))
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
 | 
						|
template<typename MaxExprType>
 | 
						|
static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
 | 
						|
                              const SCEV *Candidate) {
 | 
						|
  const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
 | 
						|
  if (!MaxExpr) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto It = std::find(MaxExpr->op_begin(), MaxExpr->op_end(), Candidate);
 | 
						|
  return It != MaxExpr->op_end();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
 | 
						|
template<typename MaxExprType>
 | 
						|
static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
 | 
						|
                              const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
 | 
						|
                              const SCEV *Candidate) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
 | 
						|
  if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
 | 
						|
/// expression?
 | 
						|
static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
 | 
						|
                                        ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
  switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    // fall through
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
 | 
						|
    return
 | 
						|
      // min(A, ...) <= A
 | 
						|
      IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
 | 
						|
      // A <= max(A, ...)
 | 
						|
      IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    // fall through
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
 | 
						|
    return
 | 
						|
      // min(A, ...) <= A
 | 
						|
      IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
 | 
						|
      // A <= max(A, ...)
 | 
						|
      IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by
 | 
						|
/// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred,
 | 
						|
/// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true.
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
 | 
						|
                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
 | 
						|
  auto IsKnownPredicateFull =
 | 
						|
      [this](ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
    return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
 | 
						|
        IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (Pred) {
 | 
						|
  default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
 | 
						|
    if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
 | 
						|
    if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
 | 
						|
        IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
 | 
						|
    if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
 | 
						|
        IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
 | 
						|
    if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
 | 
						|
        IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
 | 
						|
  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
 | 
						|
    if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
 | 
						|
        IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges - helper function for isImpliedCondOperands.
 | 
						|
/// Tries to get cases like "X `sgt` 0 => X - 1 `sgt` -1".
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
 | 
						|
                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
 | 
						|
                                                     const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
 | 
						|
                                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
 | 
						|
    // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
 | 
						|
    // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddExpr *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
  if (!AddLHS || AddLHS->getOperand(1) != FoundLHS ||
 | 
						|
      !isa<SCEVConstant>(AddLHS->getOperand(0)))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
 | 
						|
  // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
 | 
						|
  ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
 | 
						|
      ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `AddLHS->getOperand(0)`, we can compute a range
 | 
						|
  // for `LHS`:
 | 
						|
  APInt Addend =
 | 
						|
      cast<SCEVConstant>(AddLHS->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(Addend));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
 | 
						|
  // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
 | 
						|
  APInt ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
  ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
 | 
						|
      ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
 | 
						|
  // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
 | 
						|
  return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a
 | 
						|
// less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the
 | 
						|
// stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence.
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
 | 
						|
                                         bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
 | 
						|
  if (NoWrap) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (IsSigned) {
 | 
						|
    APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax();
 | 
						|
    APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
    APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
 | 
						|
                                .getSignedMax();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
 | 
						|
    return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax();
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
 | 
						|
                              .getUnsignedMax();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
 | 
						|
  return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a
 | 
						|
// greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison,
 | 
						|
// the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence.
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
 | 
						|
                                         bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
 | 
						|
  if (NoWrap) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (IsSigned) {
 | 
						|
    APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin();
 | 
						|
    APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
    APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
 | 
						|
                               .getSignedMax();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
 | 
						|
    return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin();
 | 
						|
  APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
 | 
						|
                            .getUnsignedMax();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
 | 
						|
  return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the
 | 
						|
// stride and presence of the equality in the comparison.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
 | 
						|
                                            bool Equality) {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1);
 | 
						|
  Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
 | 
						|
                   : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
 | 
						|
  return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the
 | 
						|
/// specified less-than comparison will execute.  If not computable, return
 | 
						|
/// CouldNotCompute.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// @param ControlsExit is true when the LHS < RHS condition directly controls
 | 
						|
/// the branch (loops exits only if condition is true). In this case, we can use
 | 
						|
/// NoWrapFlags to skip overflow checks.
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                  const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
 | 
						|
                                  bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
  // We handle only IV < Invariant
 | 
						|
  if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid weird loops
 | 
						|
  if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
 | 
						|
                IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid negative or zero stride values
 | 
						|
  if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
 | 
						|
  // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
 | 
						|
  // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
 | 
						|
  // behaviors like the case of C language.
 | 
						|
  if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
 | 
						|
                                      : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *End = RHS;
 | 
						|
  if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start);
 | 
						|
    // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't
 | 
						|
    // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to
 | 
						|
    // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically
 | 
						|
    if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) {
 | 
						|
      APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
      if (D.isNegative())
 | 
						|
        End = Start;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start)
 | 
						|
                     : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin()
 | 
						|
                            : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin()
 | 
						|
                             : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1)
 | 
						|
                         : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
 | 
						|
  // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start)
 | 
						|
  // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxEnd =
 | 
						|
    IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit)
 | 
						|
             : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MaxBECount;
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = BECount;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart),
 | 
						|
                                getConstant(MinStride), false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = BECount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                     const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
 | 
						|
                                     bool ControlsExit) {
 | 
						|
  // We handle only IV > Invariant
 | 
						|
  if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid weird loops
 | 
						|
  if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
 | 
						|
                IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid negative or zero stride values
 | 
						|
  if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
 | 
						|
  // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
 | 
						|
  // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
 | 
						|
  // behaviors like the case of C language.
 | 
						|
  if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
 | 
						|
    return getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
 | 
						|
                                      : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *End = RHS;
 | 
						|
  if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start);
 | 
						|
    // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't
 | 
						|
    // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to
 | 
						|
    // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically
 | 
						|
    if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) {
 | 
						|
      APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
      if (!D.isNegative())
 | 
						|
        End = Start;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start)
 | 
						|
                     : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax()
 | 
						|
                            : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin()
 | 
						|
                             : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
 | 
						|
  APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
 | 
						|
                         : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
 | 
						|
  // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
 | 
						|
  // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
 | 
						|
  APInt MinEnd =
 | 
						|
    IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit)
 | 
						|
             : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = BECount;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
 | 
						|
                                getConstant(MinStride), false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
 | 
						|
    MaxBECount = BECount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that
 | 
						|
/// produce values in the specified constant range.  Another way of looking at
 | 
						|
/// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in
 | 
						|
/// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't
 | 
						|
/// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range,
 | 
						|
                                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
 | 
						|
  if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
 | 
						|
    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
 | 
						|
    if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
 | 
						|
      Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                             getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
 | 
						|
      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec =
 | 
						|
            dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
 | 
						|
        return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
 | 
						|
                           Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE);
 | 
						|
      // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
 | 
						|
      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i)))
 | 
						|
      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
 | 
						|
  // that the start element is zero.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
 | 
						|
  // iteration exits.
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
 | 
						|
  if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
 | 
						|
    return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isAffine()) {
 | 
						|
    // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
 | 
						|
    //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
 | 
						|
    // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
 | 
						|
    // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
 | 
						|
    // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
 | 
						|
    APInt One(BitWidth,1);
 | 
						|
    APInt A     = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue();
 | 
						|
    APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
 | 
						|
    APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
 | 
						|
    // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
 | 
						|
    // things must have happened.
 | 
						|
    ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
 | 
						|
    if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
 | 
						|
      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
 | 
						|
    assert(Range.contains(
 | 
						|
           EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
 | 
						|
           ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) &&
 | 
						|
           "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
 | 
						|
    return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
 | 
						|
  } else if (isQuadratic()) {
 | 
						|
    // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
 | 
						|
    // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
 | 
						|
    // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
 | 
						|
    // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
 | 
						|
    NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(),
 | 
						|
                                             // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)
 | 
						|
                                             FlagAnyWrap);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Next, solve the constructed addrec
 | 
						|
    std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots =
 | 
						|
      SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE);
 | 
						|
    const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
 | 
						|
    const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
 | 
						|
    if (R1) {
 | 
						|
      // Pick the smallest positive root value.
 | 
						|
      if (ConstantInt *CB =
 | 
						|
          dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
 | 
						|
                         R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
 | 
						|
        if (!CB->getZExtValue())
 | 
						|
          std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
 | 
						|
        // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
 | 
						|
        // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
 | 
						|
        ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
 | 
						|
                                                             R1->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                                             SE);
 | 
						|
        if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
 | 
						|
          // The next iteration must be out of the range...
 | 
						|
          ConstantInt *NextVal =
 | 
						|
                ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
 | 
						|
          if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
 | 
						|
            return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
 | 
						|
          return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
 | 
						|
        // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
 | 
						|
        ConstantInt *NextVal =
 | 
						|
               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1);
 | 
						|
        R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
 | 
						|
        if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
 | 
						|
          return R1;
 | 
						|
        return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct FindUndefs {
 | 
						|
  bool Found;
 | 
						|
  FindUndefs() : Found(false) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVUnknown *C = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
 | 
						|
      if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue()))
 | 
						|
        Found = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
 | 
						|
      if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue()))
 | 
						|
        Found = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Keep looking if we haven't found it yet.
 | 
						|
    return !Found;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const {
 | 
						|
    // Stop recursion if we have found an undef.
 | 
						|
    return Found;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
 | 
						|
static inline bool
 | 
						|
containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  FindUndefs F;
 | 
						|
  SCEVTraversal<FindUndefs> ST(F);
 | 
						|
  ST.visitAll(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return F.Found;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
// Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
 | 
						|
struct SCEVCollectStrides {
 | 
						|
  ScalarEvolution &SE;
 | 
						|
  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
 | 
						|
      : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
 | 
						|
      Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
 | 
						|
struct SCEVCollectTerms {
 | 
						|
  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T)
 | 
						|
      : Terms(T) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!containsUndefs(S))
 | 
						|
        Terms.push_back(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Keep looking.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr.
 | 
						|
void SCEVAddRecExpr::collectParametricTerms(
 | 
						|
    ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) const {
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
 | 
						|
  SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(SE, Strides);
 | 
						|
  visitAll(this, StrideCollector);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *S << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
 | 
						|
    SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
 | 
						|
    visitAll(S, TermCollector);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *T << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
 | 
						|
                                   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
 | 
						|
                                   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
 | 
						|
  int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // End of recursion.
 | 
						|
  if (Last == 0) {
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
 | 
						|
        if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
          Qs.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Sizes.push_back(Step);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
 | 
						|
    // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
    SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
 | 
						|
    if (!R->isZero())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Term = Q;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Remove all SCEVConstants.
 | 
						|
  Terms.erase(std::remove_if(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *E) {
 | 
						|
                return isa<SCEVConstant>(E);
 | 
						|
              }),
 | 
						|
              Terms.end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Terms.size() > 0)
 | 
						|
    if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Sizes.push_back(Step);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct FindParameter {
 | 
						|
  bool FoundParameter;
 | 
						|
  FindParameter() : FoundParameter(false) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
 | 
						|
      FoundParameter = true;
 | 
						|
      // Stop recursion: we found a parameter.
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Keep looking.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const {
 | 
						|
    // Stop recursion if we have found a parameter.
 | 
						|
    return FoundParameter;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Returns true when S contains at least a SCEVUnknown parameter.
 | 
						|
static inline bool
 | 
						|
containsParameters(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  FindParameter F;
 | 
						|
  SCEVTraversal<FindParameter> ST(F);
 | 
						|
  ST.visitAll(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return F.FoundParameter;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
 | 
						|
static inline bool
 | 
						|
containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
 | 
						|
    if (containsParameters(T))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return the number of product terms in S.
 | 
						|
static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
 | 
						|
    return Expr->getNumOperands();
 | 
						|
  return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
 | 
						|
    return T;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
 | 
						|
    for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
 | 
						|
        Factors.push_back(Op);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return T;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
 | 
						|
const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
 | 
						|
  Type *Ty;
 | 
						|
  if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
 | 
						|
    Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
 | 
						|
  else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
 | 
						|
    Ty = Load->getType();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
 | 
						|
  return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Second step of delinearization: compute the array dimensions Sizes from the
 | 
						|
/// set of Terms extracted from the memory access function of this SCEVAddRec.
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
 | 
						|
                                          SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
 | 
						|
                                          const SCEV *ElementSize) const {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
 | 
						|
  // non parametric SCEVs.
 | 
						|
  if (!containsParameters(Terms))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *T << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Remove duplicates.
 | 
						|
  std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
 | 
						|
  Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Put larger terms first.
 | 
						|
  std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
 | 
						|
    return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
 | 
						|
  });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Divide all terms by the element size.
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
    SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
    Term = Q;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Remove constant factors.
 | 
						|
  for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
 | 
						|
    if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(SE, T))
 | 
						|
      NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *T << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewTerms.empty() ||
 | 
						|
      !findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
 | 
						|
    Sizes.clear();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
 | 
						|
  Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *S << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Third step of delinearization: compute the access functions for the
 | 
						|
/// Subscripts based on the dimensions in Sizes.
 | 
						|
void SCEVAddRecExpr::computeAccessFunctions(
 | 
						|
    ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
 | 
						|
    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) const {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
 | 
						|
  if (Sizes.empty() || !this->isAffine())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Res = this;
 | 
						|
  int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
 | 
						|
  for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *Q, *R;
 | 
						|
    SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    DEBUG({
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
 | 
						|
      });
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Res = Q;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
 | 
						|
    // the array.
 | 
						|
    if (i == Last) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
 | 
						|
      if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
 | 
						|
        Subscripts.clear();
 | 
						|
        Sizes.clear();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Record the access function for the current subscript.
 | 
						|
    Subscripts.push_back(R);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
 | 
						|
  // the access function of the innermost dimension.
 | 
						|
  Subscripts.push_back(Res);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << *S << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
 | 
						|
/// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
 | 
						|
/// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
 | 
						|
/// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
 | 
						|
/// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
 | 
						|
/// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
 | 
						|
/// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
 | 
						|
///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
 | 
						|
///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
 | 
						|
///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
 | 
						|
///  }
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
 | 
						|
/// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
 | 
						|
/// the loops:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
 | 
						|
/// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
 | 
						|
/// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
 | 
						|
/// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
 | 
						|
/// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
 | 
						|
/// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
 | 
						|
/// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
 | 
						|
/// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
 | 
						|
/// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
 | 
						|
/// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SCEVAddRecExpr::delinearize(ScalarEvolution &SE,
 | 
						|
                                 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
 | 
						|
                                 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
 | 
						|
                                 const SCEV *ElementSize) const {
 | 
						|
  // First step: collect parametric terms.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
 | 
						|
  collectParametricTerms(SE, Terms);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Terms.empty())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Second step: find subscript sizes.
 | 
						|
  SE.findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Sizes.empty())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
 | 
						|
  computeAccessFunctions(SE, Subscripts, Sizes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Subscripts.empty())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DEBUG({
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *this << "\n";
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
 | 
						|
      for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
 | 
						|
        dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "\n";
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
 | 
						|
  assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
 | 
						|
  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
 | 
						|
    SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
  SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr());
 | 
						|
  // this now dangles!
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
 | 
						|
  assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
 | 
						|
  // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
 | 
						|
  // value.
 | 
						|
  Value *Old = getValPtr();
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
 | 
						|
  SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
 | 
						|
  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
 | 
						|
    // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
 | 
						|
    // that until everything else is done.
 | 
						|
    if (U == Old)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
 | 
						|
      SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
    SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U);
 | 
						|
    Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Delete the Old value.
 | 
						|
  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
 | 
						|
    SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
 | 
						|
  SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old);
 | 
						|
  // this now dangles!
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
 | 
						|
  : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution()
 | 
						|
    : FunctionPass(ID), WalkingBEDominatingConds(false), ValuesAtScopes(64),
 | 
						|
      LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64), FirstUnknown(nullptr) {
 | 
						|
  initializeScalarEvolutionPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
 | 
						|
  this->F = &F;
 | 
						|
  AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
 | 
						|
  LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
 | 
						|
  TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
 | 
						|
  DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() {
 | 
						|
  // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
 | 
						|
  // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
 | 
						|
  for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U; U = U->Next)
 | 
						|
    U->~SCEVUnknown();
 | 
						|
  FirstUnknown = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ValueExprMap.clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
 | 
						|
  // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
 | 
						|
  for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I =
 | 
						|
         BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end();
 | 
						|
       I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    I->second.clear();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
 | 
						|
  assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
 | 
						|
  ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear();
 | 
						|
  ValuesAtScopes.clear();
 | 
						|
  LoopDispositions.clear();
 | 
						|
  BlockDispositions.clear();
 | 
						|
  UnsignedRanges.clear();
 | 
						|
  SignedRanges.clear();
 | 
						|
  UniqueSCEVs.clear();
 | 
						|
  SCEVAllocator.Reset();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
 | 
						|
  AU.setPreservesAll();
 | 
						|
  AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
 | 
						|
  AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
 | 
						|
  AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
 | 
						|
  AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
 | 
						|
                          const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  // Print all inner loops first
 | 
						|
  for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OS << "Loop ";
 | 
						|
  L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
 | 
						|
  OS << ": ";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
 | 
						|
  L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
 | 
						|
  if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
 | 
						|
    OS << "<multiple exits> ";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
 | 
						|
    OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OS << "\n"
 | 
						|
        "Loop ";
 | 
						|
  L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
 | 
						|
  OS << ": ";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
 | 
						|
    OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OS << "\n";
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
 | 
						|
  // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
 | 
						|
  // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
 | 
						|
  // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
 | 
						|
  // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
 | 
						|
  // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
 | 
						|
  // const isn't dangerous.
 | 
						|
  ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
 | 
						|
  F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
 | 
						|
  OS << "\n";
 | 
						|
  for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) {
 | 
						|
      OS << *I << '\n';
 | 
						|
      OS << "  -->  ";
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I);
 | 
						|
      SV->print(OS);
 | 
						|
      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
 | 
						|
        OS << " U: ";
 | 
						|
        SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
 | 
						|
        OS << " S: ";
 | 
						|
        SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
 | 
						|
      if (AtUse != SV) {
 | 
						|
        OS << "  -->  ";
 | 
						|
        AtUse->print(OS);
 | 
						|
        if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
 | 
						|
          OS << " U: ";
 | 
						|
          SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
 | 
						|
          OS << " S: ";
 | 
						|
          SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (L) {
 | 
						|
        OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
 | 
						|
        const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
 | 
						|
        if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
 | 
						|
          OS << "<<Unknown>>";
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          OS << *ExitValue;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      OS << "\n";
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
 | 
						|
  F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
 | 
						|
  OS << "\n";
 | 
						|
  for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
 | 
						|
  for (auto &V : Values) {
 | 
						|
    if (V.getPointer() == L)
 | 
						|
      return V.getInt();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
 | 
						|
  LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
 | 
						|
  auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
 | 
						|
  for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
 | 
						|
    if (V.getPointer() == L) {
 | 
						|
      V.setInt(D);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return D;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
  case scConstant:
 | 
						|
    return LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
  case scTruncate:
 | 
						|
  case scZeroExtend:
 | 
						|
  case scSignExtend:
 | 
						|
    return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
 | 
						|
  case scAddRecExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
 | 
						|
    if (AR->getLoop() == L)
 | 
						|
      return LoopComputable;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
 | 
						|
    if (!L)
 | 
						|
      return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop.
 | 
						|
    if (L->contains(AR->getLoop()))
 | 
						|
      return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
 | 
						|
    if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
 | 
						|
      return LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
 | 
						|
    // are variant.
 | 
						|
    for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end();
 | 
						|
         I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
      if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L))
 | 
						|
        return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
 | 
						|
    return LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scUMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scSMaxExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
    bool HasVarying = false;
 | 
						|
    for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
 | 
						|
         I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L);
 | 
						|
      if (D == LoopVariant)
 | 
						|
        return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
      if (D == LoopComputable)
 | 
						|
        HasVarying = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUDivExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
    LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (LD == LoopVariant)
 | 
						|
      return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
    LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
 | 
						|
    if (RD == LoopVariant)
 | 
						|
      return LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
    return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
 | 
						|
           LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUnknown:
 | 
						|
    // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
 | 
						|
    // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
 | 
						|
    // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
 | 
						|
    // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
 | 
						|
    if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
 | 
						|
      return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
 | 
						|
    return LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
  case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
 | 
						|
  return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
 | 
						|
  auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
 | 
						|
  for (auto &V : Values) {
 | 
						|
    if (V.getPointer() == BB)
 | 
						|
      return V.getInt();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
 | 
						|
  BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
 | 
						|
  auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
 | 
						|
  for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
 | 
						|
    if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
 | 
						|
      V.setInt(D);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return D;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
 | 
						|
ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
 | 
						|
  switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
 | 
						|
  case scConstant:
 | 
						|
    return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
  case scTruncate:
 | 
						|
  case scZeroExtend:
 | 
						|
  case scSignExtend:
 | 
						|
    return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
 | 
						|
  case scAddRecExpr: {
 | 
						|
    // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
 | 
						|
    // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
 | 
						|
    // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
 | 
						|
    // dominates its entire containing block.
 | 
						|
    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
    if (!DT->dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
 | 
						|
      return DoesNotDominateBlock;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
 | 
						|
  case scAddExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scMulExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scUMaxExpr:
 | 
						|
  case scSMaxExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
    bool Proper = true;
 | 
						|
    for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
 | 
						|
         I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB);
 | 
						|
      if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
 | 
						|
        return DoesNotDominateBlock;
 | 
						|
      if (D == DominatesBlock)
 | 
						|
        Proper = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUDivExpr: {
 | 
						|
    const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
 | 
						|
    const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
 | 
						|
    BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
 | 
						|
    if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
 | 
						|
      return DoesNotDominateBlock;
 | 
						|
    BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
 | 
						|
    if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
 | 
						|
      return DoesNotDominateBlock;
 | 
						|
    return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
 | 
						|
      ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case scUnknown:
 | 
						|
    if (Instruction *I =
 | 
						|
          dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
 | 
						|
      if (I->getParent() == BB)
 | 
						|
        return DominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
      if (DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
 | 
						|
        return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
      return DoesNotDominateBlock;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
  case scCouldNotCompute:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
 | 
						|
  return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
 | 
						|
  return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
// Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree.
 | 
						|
// Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor.
 | 
						|
struct SCEVSearch {
 | 
						|
  const SCEV *Node;
 | 
						|
  bool IsFound;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
    IsFound |= (S == Node);
 | 
						|
    return !IsFound;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool isDone() const { return IsFound; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
 | 
						|
  SCEVSearch Search(Op);
 | 
						|
  visitAll(S, Search);
 | 
						|
  return Search.IsFound;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
 | 
						|
  ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
 | 
						|
  LoopDispositions.erase(S);
 | 
						|
  BlockDispositions.erase(S);
 | 
						|
  UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
 | 
						|
  SignedRanges.erase(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I =
 | 
						|
         BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) {
 | 
						|
    BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
 | 
						|
    if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
 | 
						|
      BEInfo.clear();
 | 
						|
      BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      ++I;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To.
 | 
						|
static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) {
 | 
						|
  size_t Pos = 0;
 | 
						|
  while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) {
 | 
						|
    Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size());
 | 
						|
    Pos += To.size();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis.
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
 | 
						|
  for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    std::string &S = Map[L];
 | 
						|
    if (S.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      raw_string_ostream OS(S);
 | 
						|
      SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops.
 | 
						|
      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0");
 | 
						|
      // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them.
 | 
						|
      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", "");
 | 
						|
      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", "");
 | 
						|
      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", "");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const {
 | 
						|
  if (!VerifySCEV)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings,
 | 
						|
  //        but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches.
 | 
						|
  VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew;
 | 
						|
  for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using
 | 
						|
  // SCEV's caches.
 | 
						|
  SE.releaseMemory();
 | 
						|
  for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows
 | 
						|
  // verifying that no pass changed the cache.
 | 
						|
  assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() &&
 | 
						|
         "New loops suddenly appeared!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(),
 | 
						|
                           OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(),
 | 
						|
                           NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin();
 | 
						|
       OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) {
 | 
						|
    assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count
 | 
						|
    // changes.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This
 | 
						|
    // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is
 | 
						|
    // usually not harmful.
 | 
						|
    if (OldI->second != NewI->second &&
 | 
						|
        OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
 | 
						|
        NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
 | 
						|
        OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" &&
 | 
						|
        NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") {
 | 
						|
      dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '"
 | 
						|
             << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName()
 | 
						|
             << "' changed from '" << OldI->second
 | 
						|
             << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n";
 | 
						|
      std::abort();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // TODO: Verify more things.
 | 
						|
}
 |